Search results

(61 - 80 of 207)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting S...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting Students .......................4 .....................5 UMAIE Courses .......................48 Other Courses ...........................49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50 Augsburg Courses Introduction t o Interim I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~ Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1990 ...............................Interim Registration .............................................Late Interim Registration ............................................................ s t Day of Interim October 30 - November 3 December 4 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 la0 p.m. January 3 January 16 ....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd .............................. Last Day for Determining Grading System with Regisbar January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 .................................................................. I nt i Ends ....................... ................................................... Validation of Spring Class Registration January 30 January 31 Spring Semester Begins Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m. About This Catalog Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the Catalog. Options International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the 23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog. Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately 4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education office. Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and Creative Writing Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John Mitchell This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar, taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem, taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt. The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will be given. The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be approximately $1200. Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida Keys ART 116-40011 Instructor: Phil Thompson An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of coastal landscapes. Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and paintings along with participation and artistic growth factors. Students will be required to provide their own drawing and painting materials. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 4 W Life Drawing ART 247-40001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Biology Plants and Civilization BIO 102-40002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost every area of our society. Historically they have influenced world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our social history. We will take a look at an array of topics ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and thc influence that plants played in each incident. Grades will be based on examinations. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-40003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio, rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will begin with a short history of some major discoveries on viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will also look at the ways in which the body defends itself against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies BIO 14040049;340-40050 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory. A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips and conduct specialized classes. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the first week. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper. The course will have an interdisciplinary component with students interacting with students from John Mitchell's writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with each student completing a project related to one of the other disciplines. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a final examination and a paper on a selected topic related to marine biology. Upper division students will do a special research project. Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Time: I Room: Science 212 Business Entrepreneurship BUS 295-40079 Instructor: John Cerrito Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is s to provide students who are not majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 Chemistry A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry CHM 113-40005 Instructor: Earl Alton Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change, solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry ~~ using thc laboratory as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro- d duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected. Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and an exam at the end of the course. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 322 P H High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics CHM 325-40004 Instructor: Joan Kunz High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high technologies," including advances in experimental science in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum technologies lags far behind their development. This course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Computer Science H Fortran CSC 270-40012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students wi th some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 112 Economics Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-40006 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience Time: I Room: Library 1 Histo y of Economic Thought ECO 219-40013 Instructor: Richard Hemog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context of the political, economic, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV. Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Business, Government and Society: Economic Analysis of the Legal Foundations of Business ECO 319-40007 Instructor: Milo Schield Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children, divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient legal remedy an unjust solution?). Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law; Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy. Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning. Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final. Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and participation (15%). Audience: Students interested in the relation between business, government and society (specifically those interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy). Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy, Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Contemporay Economic Relations Between East and West ECO 319-40010 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic cooperation between countries with different political and economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share an understanding of cconomic relations at the national Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics to their own domestic and international affairs. Using comparative means, institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and clxplaincd i~~cluding rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics. Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternatives in the 1980s. There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and a research paper. Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro) Time: I Room: Foss Mini-Seminar H Economic Research Methods: Theory and Application ECO 495-40008 Instructor: Ed Sabella The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical linear re ression model will be presented along with methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions. Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components and the Bayesian approach will be examined. It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic understanding of the techniques of statistical inference. Results will be generally presented without proof, with reliance placed on intuitive justification. Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final. Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Science 213 d' 7 Education International Education EDS 3534054 Instructor: Rich Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course. Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-40015 Instructor: John Bowlis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375-40016 Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships. B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and practices in cducation settings. C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships. D. Strcss process-"how to learn". E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc studcnt will bc ablc to identify: c 1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn. Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn 2. education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs. 3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum: ~ a n g u a g Arts e EDE 387-40014 Instructor: Vicki Olson This course will involve an examination and pre aration of materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary School and will involve classroom work with children. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265 Time: I Room: Library 4 E Human Relations EDS 388-40017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations. This is a one-hafi credit couise. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022 EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023 EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024 EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the Florida Keys ENG 234-40031; 345-40033 Instructor: John Mitchell The purpose of this course is to introduce students to creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound. The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems. Students who take the course for upper division credit will be required to do additional reading and to make oral reports to the class based on this reading. Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper division credit, one college course in creative writing. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 12 Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in English (1975-present) ENG 249-40026 Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad. For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson related topics and attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Five College Fiction Writing Workshops ENG 362-40027 Instructor: Julie Schumacher Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy, enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their own--and to other students'-work. Students will write 25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of the class time will be spent on discussions of student fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences with the instructor will be an integral part of the class. Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is mandatory. Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper Midwest Writers ENG 364-40080 Instructor: Ron Palosaari Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses. We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of modem American literature. Each student will write two papers, each on a different author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation. Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class. Prerequisites: One college level American literahue course or two other college literature classes. Time: I Room: Old Main 12 French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-40030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its power, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in English. We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures and study guides will help attentive reading of the works and developing your communication and critical skills. Evaluation will include your progress in group work and discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading, writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study. We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Distribution: Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 25 General Studies Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST:245-40009 Instructor: Diane Busico Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr, and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and a rcsctlrch project. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Health and Physical Education M Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 23240032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 W Sailing in the Virgin Islands .IL I HPE 455-40034 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff .Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan active crew member. Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. + I l Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N grading only. The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports History Women in Refonn in Modem America HIS 225-40042 Instructor: John Jenswold "Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the interaction of women with reform movements in an effort to discover how women influenced major reform efforts and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of women in an industrializing and urbanizing society. Our investigation will include several books, primarily biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform, political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni. Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by lectures on larger historical issues. Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams, and class participation. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 H The Japanese-American Experience: Relocation and Redress HIS 240-40028; 340-40029 Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored. Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings. Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division Time: I Room: Old Main 13 History of Ancient Israel HIS 363-40038 Instructor: Richard Nelson The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of western culture because of its unique religiousexperience. This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We will begin with a consideration of the cultures which prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity. Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations, and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading. Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Music 22 The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst b u rYear ~ Experience (FYE) Program is a special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in France, 1650-1900 INS 190-40035 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the college and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the various art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes on material covered. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Prerequisite: Freshman status Distribution: Fine Arts Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11, but students will be expected to attend alimited number of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends) as a part of the class work. Room: Music-Sateren Interdisciplina 2 Appropriate Technology II Economics, The nvironment and INS 218-40043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 An Introduction t o Islam INS 225-40045 Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. A paper and at least one examination will be required. Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 1 Augsburg Goes To Business INS 321-40055 Instructor: Tina Wagner This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations, and the varied environments in which they must operate. The objectives of the class are: 1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm. 2. to develop and explore personal and career goals, and how a "fit" is established between an individual and an organization. 3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture, discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six different types of organizations in the metropolitan area including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor. Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 3 H Finite Mathematics MAT 121-40044 Instructor: Suzanne Doree A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Math and its Applications: Succeed With Math MAT 132-40046 Instructor: Bev Stratton Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics? Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions, this course is for you. The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project. Prerequisite: Placement Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Cognizers MAT 235-40075 Instructor: Larry Copes The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts to get computers to do the same. We shall study the contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session examinations and a full-session final. Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy, computer programming or anatomylphysiology. Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Modern Geometry MAT 351-40036 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof. Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125 Time: I Room: Science 319 Music Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-40047 I Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid, West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Philosophy The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die PHI 146-40053 Instructor: David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-40037 Instructor: Ken Bailey Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict? Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? What does science have to say about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science? These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and a study project. Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one course in a natural science Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Physics II Introduction to Weather r..lL .? - -. I -\- I I PHY 106-40052 .-, Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology (study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy t l ~ Mathematics-Physics c distribution requirement for the liberal arts srudcnt. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27, Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 28 4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics PHY 325-40039 Instructor: Mark Engehretson High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^ rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter controllers and compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-40058 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively in business for years. However it is also possible to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary motion and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math Level I11 Time: I Room: Science 30 Political Science Social Justice in America POL 140-40059 Instructor: Andy Aoki Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most important public policy debates involve questions of social justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one must have some conception of social justice. In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast, including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security, environmental protection, and military service. The majority of class time will be spent in discussions. Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an interest in public issues is important. Requirements will consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final exam. Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better understanding of some of the most difficult problems of our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to deal with those problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Politics in Scandinavia POL 250-40040 Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the political systemsand important current policy issuesin the Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model. There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures, seminars and group discussions. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-40041 Instructor: Phillip E Fishman The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Room: Old Main 16 Political and Cultural Diversity in the USSR and Eastern Europe POL 459-40073 Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright The course which begins in January and continues for 14 weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the political, cultural and national forces which both divide and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the course in January. No exemptions will be granted. Students may also register for this course as a spring term course and so take another interim course. Prerequisites: One course in political science or history dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission of instructor. Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through March) Room: Science 315 Psychology The Self Symbols as~ e v e a l e din Myths and PSY 340-40061 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche logical transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequisite: General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Psychology of the Legal System PSY 335-40056 Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making. Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom discussion. Prerequisites: A general psychology course Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 1 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-40074 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development. Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Religion Eastern Orthodoxy REL 420-40062 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide presentation on January 17 are also required. Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-40057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and cultural influcncc during 450 years of history. One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text will give us an insight into the global organization and broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text will give us an over-view of the history of this church. Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome brief written assignments. Students will be expected to be present the first day of class and to purchase all required materials on that day in class for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 f The Other Side o Paradise: Tourism, The Mi i t a y and Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii [q "G' REL 251-40063;349-40067 Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class. Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but this one will be distinctive. Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii "works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning experience from a Christian ethical point of view. First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise. Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War 11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues to have significant implications for both the people and ecosystems of Hawaii. Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans, Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated. The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several tourist-level hotels. Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology* The Theology of Marriage REL 343-40070 Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, and an examination. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 C J q t'b West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I i REL 241-40072 I! L d Instructor: Brad Holt Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will focus on meeting African people, observing their religious rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths, different levels of education, in different climates. After visiting the collections of African art in London, we will journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A. First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches. We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue with Nigerian professors and students. At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua Achebe. We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in Africa. Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light, and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short tests will be given. Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder, Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story. The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria. Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street. This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only. Social Work Exploring Human Semices SWK 257-40060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-40051 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Field Work III SWK 46640065 (full course) SWK 466-40064 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: To be arranged Sociology IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on the Health Care System) SOC 121-40071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-40066 Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an opportunity for off-campus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Spanish Beginning Spanish SPA 111-40048 Instructor: Mary Kingsley Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Speech- Communication Movement for the Theatre SPC 226-40068 Instntctor: Martha Johnson In this course students will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced. Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations. The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc. Time: JJ Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre Documentary Video SPC 347-40069 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary Video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as production teams, gaining experience in field production and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20 lab fee. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar W W E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE W N W W W W W W W W AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE HAPSBURG HERITAGE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS THE BRITISH THEATRE CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE FRANCE AND THE FRENCH THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND DAKAR GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH, SALZBURG AND VIENNA INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME LAW INLONDON MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY AND DEVELOPMENT PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE GORBACHEV ERA VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN ITALY WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-40078 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda P O L 398-40076 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles P O L 398-40077 These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January 20. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-40081 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-40082 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Badminton HPE 00240083 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1982-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square C.Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp .'- Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Campus M a p - 2 Introduction - 5 Facilities - 7 Admission - 8 Costs and Financial A i d - 12 Student Life - 24 Academic Information - 30 Brief Facts - 44 Course Descriptions - 45 Registers - 132 Index - 143 Academic Calendars - 146 Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, , cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich t has been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas, di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s a conrinued goal of r he rollege. Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. & a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own r experience and for partic~parioni n r h e commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world. t Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting, provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war. Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore. f Location and Campus Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Y. Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C. f The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960. O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student housing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department i n the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Freshmen Students - 9 Early Decision - 10 Early Admission - ID Transfer Students - 10 Former Students - 11 Special Students (Non-Degree) - 11 International Students - 11 Interests can be explored in a variety of classes Admissions Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race, creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs. Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected instead of the hiph srhool transcript, 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office. A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous college work. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the Admissions Office upon request. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an attended any other ~nst~turian official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo not pay the application fee. i, Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. py 12/Costs and Financial Aid Costs 1982-83 - 13 Fees - 14 Deposits - 14 Payments - 15 Refunds - 15 Application - 16 Gifts - 17 Loans - 18 Student Employment - 19 Sponsored Scholarships - 19 Student employment options include Food Service crews Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1982-83 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00 This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester term5 for a ~ o t aof l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester. P Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course. ............................. 670.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.. ......................... 335.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 1,207.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Late Registration (per day after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 10.00 5.00 .... 35.00 Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ......... 20.00 ckys Life Drawing (Interim) Nursin Credit Valifation Tests . . . . . . . . Locker Rental (for commuters) Re istration Chan e after first 5 (cancelkdd/change grade optlon, or combrnatlon at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Cinema Arts Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00 20.00 ....... 5.00 Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after t?rst, whrch i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Special Examinations (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ... 10.00 Theater Technical Production . . 35.00 .............. 35.00 Radio-Television Production Student Teaching Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year. Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f cancellation ir after these dares. 7 . Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. . 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% -through 90% - f r o m the 80% - f r o m the 70% - f r o m the 60% - f r o m the 50% - f r o m the the first five days of classes. sixth through 10th day of classes. 11th through 15th day of classes. 16th through 20th day of classes. 21st through 25th day of classes. 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund i s determined. 16/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses. Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing costs. Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received ~ srh~larrhi~r, laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom all aid sources. g The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service {CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS) t or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon. Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.) Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF. Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial A i d / l 7 New Students - Early Decision This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by Januarv 1. 2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before March 1. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid , through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. 18/Financial A i d Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision. Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell Grant office. Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet t ~ d r r aand l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of 5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months x afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000 R Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs. LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge. Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+ on the loan balance and repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1 rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n ~ e d and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. i: Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n account. A Student Employment Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work p r o v i d e d by r h College ~ i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities. Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two deserving junior/senior students. M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more David J. Formo Scholarshi scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto ~ a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students. Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h - awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p, p e r ~ o n d l i t vand , n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior. M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded American minority students w h o show financial need. annually t o Lutheran Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o be awarded t o a Black student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships students. - awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time service careers i n the church. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - Paul Dahlen Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/or "oi h ~ g Christian h character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference ror basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers. Biology Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education. GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of Chemistry. Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship. Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship. Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship. Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major. The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the study of history. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field. Library Science Library ScienceScholarship -established choosing librarianship as a career. in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s) Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in church music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music. awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore physics. J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n Political Science Political Science Scholarship - A n political science. award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of Christian Sociology. 24/Student Life Religious Life - 25 Student Government - 25 'Athletics - 26 Student Activities - 26 Student Services - 26 Center for Student Development - 27 Intercultural Center - 27 Health Service - 28 Food Service - 28 Residence Life - 28 Student Rights - 29 ' D a y in May" - a Spring celebration Student Life/25 Student Life Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to your education. &, Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. W e seek ro develop a graduafly change and church. we encourage the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch, and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. /' Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields. 26/Student Services The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located i n Mortensen Tower. There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater a n 5 department. R lntercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal g growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an ~nterdependence, finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its 3 students. The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, Intercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life. Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself. explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor. ? Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships], y. JobSeeking, and Sexuality are Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness. available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided several times during t h e year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and , testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5 offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed lnternational Student Adviser. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included; if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning r conditions, a variety of l~ousing environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith Individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing only if space i s available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents have c r ~ a t ~evciting d projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog. 30/Academic Information Degrees - 31 Academic Calendar - 31 Faculty - 31 Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32 Divisions - 32 Majors & Minors - 33 Teaching Licensure - 34 Certification Programs - 34 Pre-Professional Programs - 34 inter-Institutional Programs - 36 Study Abroad - 37 Honors Program - 38 Internship Program - 38 Continuing Education - 38 Registration - 38 Graduation Requirements - 39 Hats off to the graduating seniors! Distribution Requirements -40 Grading - 41 Auditing Courses - 41 Grade Point Average - 42 Classification - 42 Advanced Placement - 42 Advanced Standing - 42 Probation and Dismissal - 42 Dean's List - 43 Graduation with Distinction - 43 lndependent/Directed Study - 43 Veterans - 43 Brief Facts - 44 Course Numbering - 46 Prerequisites - 46 Academic Information/31 Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers. Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the ~ Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission. meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog. publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1. Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice, tion needs includ~ng guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S I microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers. Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions or administrative and instructional purposes. B Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. M a j o r s available at Augsburg are: A r t History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics M i n o r s available at Augsburg Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies' East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English M e d i c a l Technology3 M e t r o - U r b a n Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso h y Physica~Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social W o r k Sociology Speech Studio A r t Theater Arts Transdisciplinary are: Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Special Education Speech Studio Art Theater Art It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital 34/Licensure, Certification Teaching Licensure Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education, Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education: English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Charrperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. t - Provides the background for performing systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353 recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary. 36/1 nter-l nstitutional Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~ community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies. SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe cooperative program to ~ a i n new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Study Abroad/37 Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. ' Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and the writing of a paper upon return. 38/Academic Policies Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. FI Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs. Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester. Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. .4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e ~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except , i n certa~napproved majors for !he B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~ In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc t one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq. F No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t / directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson. P Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematin-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Sorio ogv English-Speech. Communication Rc Theater Arrs Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one ad ~ t ~ o ncourse al at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English . Illis grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence " Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust ~ be removed during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher along wirtl rhe incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given, the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and a grade may be a5sipncdm A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the G PA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory. A student who has been on probation two or morc C O ~ S P C U serncjrera ~ ~ ~ C is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Study Options, Veterans/43 Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course to receive the final grade. Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it i s for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 46/Departments, Courses Departments and Course Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the student should consult the inctructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer School are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) Art Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print hIakhg I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Fall, 1982) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Spring 1983) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84) Biology Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353. Minor: 5 courses, including Ill, 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106). Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism, socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics i n Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1984 and alternate years) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and alternate years) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration & Economics 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella. Business Administration Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391, 392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administration & Economics/53 M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131, 135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474; 8 International C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration & Economics Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373, 379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 Introduction t o Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) Business Administration & Economics/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. Spring) 56/Business Administration & Economics 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or 453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479: Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration 379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition t5 those I isted above. Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take additional courses both i n business administration and economics. Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Business Administration & Economics/57 Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration. the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought, Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains, Notes: I n addition t o Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs. (Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 58/Business Administration & Economics 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics 127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year. d' American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year). Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required. Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their coilege career. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses). Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n registering for the second term. Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105 o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East and Southeast Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. I Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324; one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) tconomics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351. 383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347, 358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure; fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382, 384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499). Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385 and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level. Prekindergarten Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231; Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n Reading ~ Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course) Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field adviser. ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course. Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of 'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114, 115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major, and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5. degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education 114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121 and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and C[assroom Music (5-11). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~ term. 265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105) N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education Barry Franklin (Coordinator) M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362, Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388. Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education I A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Engi neeri ng/69 Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services and Sources Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 Independent Studv Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period. 6 The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average, an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College. d E Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged. English Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish 245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of t Education, majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. '" B Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration, f American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should B work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e instructor. 101 Developmental Writing .4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/hl grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. -271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand) Foreign Languages/73 368 Modern Drama Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury, wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism, Ex~stent~al~sm, T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm Plays by women and mlnorltles are included. [On demand) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray, Elio~,H~ardy,and Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or m o r e of that language. Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311. Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only. The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be traditional. 74/Foreign Languages For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year. r A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools. p. 66. 8 P Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. Foreign Languages/75 112 Beginning French for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring) 211 Intermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 Intermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. habora~orywork. 1Spring1 243 French Literature i n Translation Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s . Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand) *. 76/Foreign Languages 352 Creativity and Restraint A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Foreign Languages/77 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature i n Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years) *. 332 German Civilization and Culture I1 Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\ =, 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand) 78/Foreign Languages - 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Foreign Languages/79 Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on [ingutst~c universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research w ~ t h the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and c~mmunrcation theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian a n d 499, a n d o n e Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended. Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411, Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 80/Foreign Languages 350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course. Foreign Languages/81 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~? of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 82/Geography, Health and Physical Education 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm Health Education Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109; Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241. Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age children. Health and Physical Education/83 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350, 351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103. Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354, 355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487, 491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by the corrective therapy coordinator. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching (Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 84/Health and Physical Education 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim and Spring) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) I 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) Health and Physical Education/85 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term, odd #years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4 Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to neurology and pathology. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy relations. (Summer School only) 495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 90/Mathematics/Computer Science Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324. Also required: Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104, 174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements. Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350 and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer Science 395, 495. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724. Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to take. Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics Courses 104 Basic Mathematics I I A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring) 114 College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions. improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324. Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984 and alternate years) 92/Mathematics/Computer Science 355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355) A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Medical Technology Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution. f Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Carry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). 94/Metro-Urban Studies Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122; Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 199 lnternship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 lnternship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services. 399 lnternship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. Metro-Urban Studies/95 B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent 'study. 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco (See MUST 359) 399 Internship (See MUST 399) 499 Independent Study (See SUST 499) Music L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron, Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson, Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen, d Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or 355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2 years of foreign language. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology 703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362 (Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and 5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended). P Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student w h o wishes t o participate: Augsburg Choir Chorale Concert Band Orchestra Brass Ensemble String Ensemble Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensembles Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area. Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree. Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading. During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are available for rent. JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined number of designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals. Examinations A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223, 224 Theory Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 Instrumental Technique Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and emotionally ill. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty. 100/NaturaI Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics 121,122. This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9). All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life Science (Biology Ill, 112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115, 116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar, Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12. Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245). Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major. I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to the major. Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser from rhe nursing depastment for program planning. 8 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing 111 This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum in Nursing I This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403') 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty ofthe department. Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above 122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e s o p h o m o r e year. Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362 Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and Mathematics 122 or 125) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single par~irle motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus ~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations, elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363, Sprlnp) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~. electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism, , optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton: and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap- proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357,352 Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and seniors with departmental approval. 108/Political Science Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s . consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major no later fhan e!t f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/lO9 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) llO/PoIiticaI Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is recommended for many studen~s. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399, 450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r f details. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology. 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 450 Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology 362; Sociology 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation i s not limited to such schools. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or 358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in parish education. busines management or diaconal work. d Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A stucky o f ~ h early e Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1984) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as governmenz. international business, or teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Liv Dahl (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e., courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless of r h e ~ content, r which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 312 Old Norse An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 118/Scandinavian Area Studies 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Studies/lIg Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major. r General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222; Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5 Political ; Science158 and I21 or 170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.) Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course [Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4 discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440, 474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology O ~ - o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove). k Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 120/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major, below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry. Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status i s required for admission into senior social work courses. Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101': Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.) Social Work/'l21 361 Systems of Social Welfare A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5. and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore or f. Fall) 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning, and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2) understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3) examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and ~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall) 462,464, Field Work I1 and IV: Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class P period per week, reading, analytical pape:integratingclasscon~epr~ wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or 2. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, 466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson P Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy ~ O ~ ~ shall consist of submission of roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year. Candi acy IS - contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. B Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363, Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor i ~ r r nwhich i do evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department chairperson for further details. 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology -. A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year. Communication Arts The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, I1 (See under Department of Art) 126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts - - 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 343 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7 Theater Arts Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement, cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, and 1 internship. f C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229, 232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. teach in^ Theater Arts Minor For the following: 241,243,350; an Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366; partrclpatlon In dramatic productions. one of Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29 Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary Major enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James Porter The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for further details. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 130/Women's and Minority Studies 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American lndian Program office. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Board for College and University Services, TALC - 132 Board of Regents - 132 Administration - 133 Emeriti - 134 Faculty - 135 Computer minor opens many avenues 132/Regents, DCUS - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James G . Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota Administration President President.. ...................................................... Charles S. Anderson College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt Executive Secretary to the President Carolyn Magnusson ................................ Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack Head Librarian. ................................................... Margaret Anderson Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ................................... Valerie Geaither Recorder.. .............................................................. Ralph Bailey Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley International Student Adviser ......................................... Mary E. Johnson Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard Finance and Management ........................... Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne Pederson Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi Director of Personnel .............................................. Bonnie-Jean M o r k Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center.. ............................................ M i l d r e d Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................ Robert Gores Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson Custodial Supervisor ................................................ James Crittenden Maintenance Supervisor.. ................................................. Rob Curtis Grounds Supervisor.. .................................................... Fred Wolter Manager,IceArena ...................................................... JamesCarey Secretary to the Vice President ........................................... Cynthia Lein Development and Public Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney 134/Administration, Emeriti Admissions ............................................ Director of Admissions John B. Hjelrneland Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross Coordinator of Transfer Programs Jeannette Wittrner Admissions Counselor.. Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor.. .................................................. Sally H o u g h Admissions Counselor.. Brian Arvold Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator Charlene Weidenbach ................................... ................................................ ................................................. .......................... Student Affairs Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Patricia Garland Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Nancy Medcraft Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater Coordinator, Urness Tower .............................................. Pam Joachirn Coordinator, Mortenson Tower ..................................... Corinne Hofrnann Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary Foundation. 1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fac ~ I t y September, 1981) Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.. Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S.. MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.: University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Cotorado. Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas. Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S.. University of Michigan. Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klernp* ('1980F. Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (19761. Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M A . , University of South Dakota. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.. Un~versityof Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern University. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological - Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A., ~, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5, M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l39 Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; MS., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale University. JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.. University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest. Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois: M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.. University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate, Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College. Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota. Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82) Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College. Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w York School, M.A.H.L. -e another national CIhampionsh . . Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city Academic Adviser ........................... 31 Academic Calendar 31. 144 Academic Enrichment ....................... I7 Academic Information ................... 31-38 Academic Organization 32 Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836 Accounting Major .......................... 52 Accreditation 6.44 Adapted Physical Education .................. 83 Administration ........................ 133-734 Admissions ............................... 9-11 Advanced Placement 42 Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42 Affiliation ................................ 6. 44 Air Force ROTC 3: American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg ................... 9-11 Application for Financial Aid 16-17 Area Studies East and Southeast Asian 62.63 Russian ............................ ..... . 80 Scandinavian ........................ 117.118 Art History Courses ......................... 49 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44 Athletics ................................ 26, 44 Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36 Audit Fee .................................. 13 Auditing Courses 41 ..................... ..................... ............................. ........................ ............................ ................... .............. ................ ........................... Biology ................................. 43-52 Black Student Programs ..................... ZT Black Student Union ........................ 17 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132 Board of Regents .......................... 131 Board Plans ................................ 13 Books and Supplies ......................... 74 Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146 Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141 Campus Map .............................. 2-3 Campus Tours ............................... 9 Cancellation from College ................... 39 Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39 Career Planning and Placement .............. 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29 Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47 Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114 Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122 Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129 Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36 Chinese ................................. 62. 74 Classification ..................... ....... 42 Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83 College Center ......................... 2.3. 26 College Pastor .......................... 25. 133 Communication ....................... 126-127 Communications Directory ......... Front Cover Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36 Computer Resources ........................ 32 Computer Science ....................... 92-93 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122 .. .. Continuing Education ....................... 38 Coordinators . Discrimination or Grievance .................... Front Cover Corredive ~ h e r a ~ ~ ......................... 83 Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13 C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54 Counseling and Guidance ................... 27 Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130 Art, Art History ........................ 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63 Education ............................. 63-69 Engineering ........................... 69-70 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Geography ......................... ... .. 82 Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86 History 86-88 Humanities ............................... 89 Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130 International Relations .................... 89 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3 Medical Technology ...................... 93 Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96 Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99 Natural Science ...................... 100-101 Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physiu .............................. 105-107 Poliliral Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion ............................ 114-116 Russian Area Studies ..................... 117 Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118 Social Science ........................... 119 Social Studies ............................ 119 Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts ....................... 125-128 Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129 Women's and Minority Studies 129-130 Course Numbering ......................... 46 ........ Dean's L~st......................... ... .... 43 Degrees .................................... 31 Departments Art .. ..................++............. 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 Education ............................. 63-69 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Health & Physical Education ............. 82-86 History ................................ 86-88 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93 Music ................................. 96-99 Nursing ............................. 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physics ........................... , 105-107 Political Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion .................. 114-116 .. ........,. 144/l ndex Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech. Communication. Theater Arts ....................... 125.128 Deposits ................................ 14.15 Departmental Scholarships 21-23 Directed Study ............................. 43 Dismissal from College 15. 42 Distinction. Graduation with 43 Distribution Requirements ................... 40 Divisions ................................... 32 Drama ............................. 26. 125-126 Driving to Campus ........................... 3 ................ ................... ................. 10 Early Admission ............................. Early Decision ........................... 10. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies 62-63 East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63 Economics .............................. 56-59 Elementary Education .................... 64-65 Emeriti 134 Engineering ............................. 69-70 Enrollment ................................. 44 Evaluation and Grading ...................... 42 ........... 2.3.7 Facilities ................................ Facts & Figures .............................. 4 Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142 Fees ....................................... 14 Finance Major .............................. 52 Financial Aid ......................... 16.23. 44 Food Service ............................... 28 Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44 ........... 74-76 French ................... Full-time Student ........................... 13 Foreign Language Placement ................. 73 .. General Scholarships ..................... 19-20 Geography ................................. 82 German ................................. 76-78 Gifts and Grants 17.18.1 9.23 Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42 Grading ................................. 41-42 Graduates .................................. 44 Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40 Graduation with Distinction 43 Grants .................................. 17-18 Greek ..................................... 78 ................... .................. Health Education ........................ 82-83 Health Service .............................. 28 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94 History .................................. 86-88 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program ............................ 38 Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29 Human Development Seminars .............. 27 Humanities ................................. 89 Humanities Division ......................... 3? ......................... Independent Study 4 Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44 lntercultural Center ...................... 17-28 Interdisciplinary Studies 93.96.12 9.130 .......... Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37 Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146 53 International Business 89 International Relations International Students 71.28 Internship Program ......................... 38 Intramural Athletics 26 ....................... ...................... .................... ......................... Japanese ................................ 62. 78 KCMR Radio ............................... Kindergarten Licensure ...................... 26 64 27 Learning for Living .......................... Library/Audio-Visual 32.36. 44 L~braryScience Courses 69 Life'Science Emphasis 100 Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83 Linguistics Courses 79 Loan Assistance ............................. 18 Location 2.3.6 .................. ..................... ...................... .......................... ................................ .. Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) 33.39,M Management Major ......................... 52 Marketing Major ........................... 5: Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93 Mathematics Placement ..................... 90 Medical Technology ........................ 93 Memberships ............................. 6 . 4 Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94 Minnesota State Work Study Program 19 Minority Scholarships ....................... X1 Mission Statement ........................... 4 Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19 Music ................................... 96-99 Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97 Music Therapy ........................... 96-91) ......... Natural Science ........................ 1W-101 Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31 Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses 46 ...................... .............. Off-Campus Programs 36.37.38. Orientation (Summer) ....................... 44 27 Parking ................................ 1.3.74 Part-Time Students .......................... 13 Payment Plans .............................. 15 Physical Education ....................... 83-86 Physical Science Emphasis 100 Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4 Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65 Pre-Professional Programs ................ 34-35 Prerequisites 46 Probation and Dismissal ..................... 41 Professional Studies Division 32 Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44 .................. ............................... ................. .......... Re-admission of Former Students 11. 17 Refunds .................................... 15 Registration ............................. 38-39 Registers Administration ...................... 133-134 Board for College and University Services. TALC ............... 132 Board of Regents ........................ 132 Emeriti .................................. 134 Faculty .............................. 135.140 Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20 Religious Life ............................... 25 Residence Life ........................... 28-29 Residence Requirement ..................... 40 Room Rent ................................. 13 ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37 Russian .................................... 80 Russian Area Studies ....................... 117 San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96 Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95 Scholarships ............................. 77-23 School Social Work Certification ............ '120 Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101 Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69 SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26 Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28 Society of Physics Students .................. 706 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94 Spanish ................................. 8042 Special Education ........................... 68 Special Fees ................................ 74 Special Interest Houses ........................ In Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1 Speech ............................... 725-726 ........ 32 Social and Behavioral Science Division Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23 119 Social Science ............................. Social Studies .............................. 119 Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120 Student Activities ........................... 26 Student Employment ........................ 19 Student/Faculty Ratio ....................... 44 Student Government ........................ 25 Student Life ............................. 25-29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4 Student Publications 26 Student Rights .............................. 29 Student Services ......................... 26-29 Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48 Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M Summer Orientation 2; Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38 ........................ ...................... !. Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66 Testscores .................................. 9 Theater Arts ........................... 127-128 9.10. 14 Transcripts ............................ Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129 Transfer Student Application ................. 10 Tuition ..................................... 13 Tuition Deposit 9-10. 14 ........................ Urness Tower Veterans ...........................2.3. 29 ................................... 43 Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130 Work Study ................................ 19 Academic Calendar 1982-83 Fall Semester Aug. 31-Sept. 1 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term break Last day t o designate grading option Interim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 2 Sept. 5 Sept. 16 Oct. 29 Nov. 5 Nov. 8-11 Nov. 15-Dec. 3 Nov. 18 Nov. 25 Nov. 29 Dec. 10 Dec. 13-16 Dec. 22 Interim Jan. 3 Jan. 4 Jan. 17 Jan. 21 Jan. 27 Feb. 4 Classes Begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day t o designate grading option Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 1983-84 1983 1982 September 5 12 19 26 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 October 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 November 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 January 2 9 16 23 30 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 February 6 13 20 27 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 7 14 21 28 March 6 13 20 27 December 5 12 19 26 July 1 8 15 22 29 August 1 2 3 4 5 891011121 15 16 17 18 19 2 22 23 24 25 26 2 29 30 31 September 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 Aprll 3 10 17 24 1 8 15 22 29 5 12 19 26 4 5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 October 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 May 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 June 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 91011 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 23 24 25 26 27 28 2' 30 31 November 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 11 1; 18 1 25 21 December 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2, 25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1996
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: INTRODUCTION ....................2 OPTIONS ...................... 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 ABOUT THISCATALOGUE .............7 ..................8 INTERIM COURSES VISITING STUDENTS ..... ..... ....... i46 LIFETIME SPORTS w UMA...
Show more INTRODUCTION ....................2 OPTIONS ...................... 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 ABOUT THISCATALOGUE .............7 ..................8 INTERIM COURSES VISITING STUDENTS ..... ..... ....... i46 LIFETIME SPORTS w UMAl E COURSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 ALSOON . . . . . . . .17.29.32.40. 44 OTHER COURSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, a student under the 34-course Liberal Arts Perspective requirements is required to complete two Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count toward graduation. INTRODUCTION For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than fulltime they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition ($1,350.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter Trimester. It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 8. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directed/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. 1 NTRODUCTION Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses . Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,350 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299, or 499 courses. Nov 13 to Dec 5 ........................Interim Registration Jan 3 ............................................First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only) Time 11-1:00 p.m. Jan 4 .......................................Last Day to register or Cancel/Add a class Jan 12...................................... Last Day to Determine Grading System with Registrar Jan 12................Last Day to Withdraw from Courses Jan 26 ...................................................... Interim Ends Jan 30 .................................... Spring Semester Begins Feb 2 ......................Interim Grades Due to Registrar The time, number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged on the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025 ACC 424-A Instructor: Stuart Stoller Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing & MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing. Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252, 331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 ART 247-A Instructor: Lynn Bollman This course is designed for students with an interest in drawing the human figure. In addition to drawing from nude models, students will pursue a general study of human anatomy (as it relates to art), and will become more knowledgeable about the use of the nude as a subject in art. Students will use various drawing media, will study a variety of drawing approaches, and will apply general design concepts to their figure drawings. A fee of $35 will need to be paid to the instructor on the first day of class. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 ART 360-A Instructor: Philip Thompson Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Requirements include a minimum of 20 watercolor projects plus an active and developing sketch book. Evaluation will be based on quality of work, progress over time, and participation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 18 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 610 145-A Instructor: Esther McLaughlin We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural history, and classificationof several important plants. Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 910 140-A 910 340-A Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and subtropical communities. This class will spend about 2 1/2 weeks in Florida based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by professional naturalists from the Institute. Organisms and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the station in order to provide opportunity to gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be based on: BIO 140: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, 4) Final exam. Prerequisites for 810 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents . BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or by permlsslon 01 lnslruclor. BIO 340: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, (4) Written report of the research project, (5) Final exam. Prerequisites for BIO 340: BIO 351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or BIO 481 (Ecology), or by permlsslon 01 inslruclor. Estimated cost of the course: $1500 plus air fare (includes all ground transportation, housing, and meals while at the Institute). Contact instructors for details. Prerequisites: See above Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I1 Room: Science 225 BUS 295-A Instructor: John C. Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various asp~*cts small business management and will he r ~ r l u i ~ . rlod ptnrparea business plan for a "model" business. Thtl s turjcnt will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performance on small business case studies. Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 101 BUS 495-A Instructor: Thomas Morgan Can organizations learn? If so, how and what should organizations learn? How can we as members of organizations help 'teach' them what they need to learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will dcvclop and rvfinc "systcms thinking" skills and learn hclw lo apply tliem lo tqca1slrategic situations. Alteri~ativcyc~.spcctivcson thc 1iat111-e and function of organizations in theory and in practice will be explored through reading, seminar discussions and field trips to local organizations. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a 'hands on' project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short critical essays and a group project presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 113, or permission of instructor Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: /I Room: Foss 21 CHEMISTRYFOR CHANGINGTIMES CHM 100-A Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering, and much more. Many of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily quizzes. Prerequisite: Math Placement 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 315 1 NTRODUCT~ONTOCOMPUTINGAND COMMUNICATIONS CSC 160-A Instructor: Larry Ragland Use of the computer as an information accessing tool through e-mail, Internet, newsgroups, and remote access to the library; an introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. Grading is based on homework and exams. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 CSC 272-A Instructor: Charles Sheaffer Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Library 20 ECO 110-A Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS major. Does not apply towards an economics minor. Three objective examinations. Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 29 EGO 113-A Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Weekly tests. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 2 Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Music 22 DISCOVERY LEARNING IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN (0.5 CREDIT) EDE 375-A Instructor: Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. *Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations, EDU 388-A. Prerequisite: PPST Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 EDS 495-A Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities and weak short term memory than ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy learner, but most often, no one has shown us how to be our own life-long learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neurophysiology has given us a whole new set of insights about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual. This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand her/his own unique learning needs and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will study learning development, braidmind function, and the nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two tests and two demonstrations required of each student, and upper division students will have to do two reviews of relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers and parents. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 112 EDU 353-A Instructor: Rich Germundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A Instructor: Joseph Erickson This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a P/N basis. *Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-A. Prerequisite: None- Open to all Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 1 PRACTICUMAND SEMINAR SPECIAL EDUCATION IN EDU 491-A Instructor: Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement in a school focusing on how children with disabilities are included into the classroom, plus on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Students must complete designated hours of field-work as well as written and reading assignments. Prerequisite: Completion of courses for special education mino< or consent of instructos Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Libraty 17 THEATRE IN AND AROUND LONDON (UMAI E COURSE) ENG 269-A Instructors: Ron Palosaari/Douglas Green A A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractions of London and surrounding areas including Stratford and Oxford. Evaluation will be based on attendance at required plays, participation in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Fee: $2,595 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre performances, and four group dinners. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 ARCHAEOLOGY, MYTHOLOGY, AND THIEVERY: EXCAVATING THE MEMORY OF THE MUSE ENG 362-A Instructor: Cass Dalglish The ACTC writing workshop is an advanced-level creative writing course, open to three students from each of the five ACTC colleges and held this year at Augsburg College. This year's course is designed to encourage student writers to use memories of the past as they create their own new work. Writers will dig for details of the past in urban ruins of old neighborhoods, sifting through social history found in button jars and stacks of 78 RPM records in antique stores; they will harvest myth from diverse cultures; collect stories from elders living in Minneapolis today; and investigate cemeteries, churches, and even an occasional museum. Student writers must have successfully completed at least one creative writing course and must have the recommendation of a creative writing instructor at their home campus, but they may choose to work in poetry, fiction, literary nonfiction or to cross over among the three during this interim workshop. Meeting times will include: (1)expeditions into the city in search of the past; (2) group sessions to talk about the old stories gathered; (3) group sessions to discuss new work created during the Interim and to sort through layers of past deposited in the new work: (4) individual conferences and/or small workshop sessions. Prerequisite: At least one creative writing course and written recommendation of ACTC home campus creative writing instructor: Maximum Enrollment: 3 students from each ACTC college Time: I1 Room: Science 319 ENG 482-A Instructor: Joan Griffin Paradise Lost has been called "the story of all things." Above all the poem is about relationships: Between women and men; humans and the environment; Christianity and pagan tradition; justice and mercy; service and servitude; rebellion and freedom, to name a few. Although this course will survey Milton's major works, it will emphasize his greatest poem. Evaluation: papers, microthemes and class presentations. Prerequisite: ENG 245 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 FRE 111-A Instructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Ire sues a rA IPC ues, This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 202 prac Gerr n sin partic ire gi HPE 390-A Instructor: Patty Murphy Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education grades K-12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and development of materials included. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 121 - (MWF) HPE 410-A Instructor: Patty Murphy Historical background, legal basis, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 121 - (TTH) rrati song: g of t ntext nd/o t corn ns of :ially ir str esthe chan td sot itand HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition to receive academic credit. P/N ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given. Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (612) 330-1247; basic swimming skills Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Spoh also one course credit upper division Maximum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled) HPE 475-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Melby 119 (MNand alternate Fridays1/22, 1124- 9 meetings) 1/3, 1/5, 1/8, 1/10, 1/15, 1/17, 1/19, HPE 481-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: Federation Rules (high school), mechanics of two person officiating, and procedures and steps of beginning an officiating career. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of officiating basketball. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 (TTh and alternate Fridays1/23, 1/25) 114. 115. 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/19, HIS 162-A HIS 462-A Instructor: Don Gustafson This interim experience is designed to look at the area of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impacts that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya which has prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christ-likeness of a Gandhi and perhaps have time to note one or two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective. The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests (including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one prior college history class, will complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and will be tested apart from lower division students. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 HIS 440-A Instructor: Staff This course is intended for History majors and others who have an interest in upper division history. Please see Richard Nelson, Department Chair, for actual topic and other particulars. Prerequisite: One college level history course. Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 205 HON 213-A Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline deVries Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore the history of western economic thought and how these writings affected the development of various economic systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez-faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues of child labor, poverty, and women's role in the workforce. Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion, and writing assignments including a short term paper and a take-home final. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 213 SCIENCE AND RELIGION: COMPLEXITYAND CREATIVITY HON 401-A Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments, especially in chaos and complexity theory, as they relate to the doctrine of divine creativity and philosophical naturalism. The goal will be to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for interpreting relations between the two areas. In addition to taking two tests, students will be required to make a class presentation, conduct the discussion, and to write a significant research paper. Prerequisite: Participant in Honors prooram Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 INS 120-A Instructor: Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and will lead seminars. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 319 INS 225-A Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation - two tests and a paper. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Science 212 +- ECUADOR:GALAPAGOS, RAINFOREST HIGHLANDS A JOURNEY IN HOLISTIC HEALTH 6( ECOLOGY AND - (UMAI E COURSE) INS 3 15-A Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield With a focus on the recognition that humans must live in harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito. Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de la Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people who live there. Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical analysis related to course content, a reflection essay paper, attendance, and group participation. The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners, Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included), rain forest stay (all meals included), and touring as indicated. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155. Prerequisite: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 MAT 173-A Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to save now to be a millionaire when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a portfolio of five realistic problems that have been worked out and explained, and a midterm and final examination. Prerequisite: Math placement group 3 or higher Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 MAT 251-A Instructor: Larry Copes This course is a study of Book 1 of Euclid's Elements, which is sometimes cited as the most-frequently published book ever other than the Bible. Book 1 of the Elements ends with the Pythagorean Theorem, Proposition 47. We'll first work backward from that theorem, considering propositions Euclid cites in proving it (46,41, and 4), and then the propositions he cites in proving those propositions, and so on, gaining familiarity with about 30 major propositions but especially 34,4, and 3, the ones most used. We'll consider other logically-sound ways of arranging these propositions and think about the aesthetic reasons Euclid made his arrangement. After getting to Proposition 1, we'll consider the common notions, definitions, and postulates, learn about how attempts to prove Euclid's fifth postulate led to non-Euclidean geometry in the nineteenth century, and see more logically rigorous geometric axiom systems of the twentieth century. Then we'll read the book forward, seeing how the other propositions fit in and seeing how they lend insight into Euclid's aesthetic choices. Prerequisite: MAT 145,AUGMENT (Calculus I) Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 213 MAT 481-A Instructor: Steve Zheng "During World War 11, British military leaders asked scientists and engineers to analyze several military problems: the deployment of radar and the management of convoy, bombing, antisubmarine, and mining operations. The application of mathematics and the scientific method to military operations was called operations research. Today, the term Operations Research (or often, management science) means a scientific approach to decision making, which seeks to determine how best to design and operate system, usually under conditions requiring the allocation of scarce resources." - Wayne L. Winston The main objectives of this course are the discussion of several mathematical models used in operations research (OR) and the use of mathematics and the existing computer packages (such as LINDO) in solving real-life problems in OR. Students in applied mathematics, economics, business and any management-related area are encouraged to take this course. The evaluation is based on homework assignments, two tests and one final project. Prerequisite: MAT 245,Calculus 111 and Linear Algebra, or equivalent, or consent of instructors Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 1I2 MUS 179-A Instructor: Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of European cities such as Munich, Prague, Vienna, and Budapest. This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great Central and Eastern European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is based on full participation in all courserelated group activities, a daily professional journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams over material covered. Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a P/N basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 3301273. Liberal Arfs Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 TOPIC:HISTORY OF CARIBBEAN MUSIC STUDIED IN MIAMI AND JAMAICA MUS 295-A Instructor: Robert Stacke Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean music where composition, recording, and world distribution takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed, and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami; and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel, and Kingston. This course will be done in conjunction with the Center for Global Education. Cost is $2,795 from Minneapolis/St. Paul, which includes all travel, accommodations, meals and tuition for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Evaluation: Two tests will be given on readings and lectures. Grading: 20% of the final grade will be based on participation in discussions, 4O0/0 on the two tests, and 40% on final project. Maximum Enrollment: 20 MUS 394-A Instructor: Sonja Thompson Opera Workshop is a course designed to give singeractors an opportunity to perform staged scenes from various music-theater genres, with piano accompaniment. It expands upon existing opportunities for singers (i.e., choir, chamber music, recitals) by including dramatic training, and addresses the unique combination of singing plus acting. It is also suitable for theater students who are interested in increasing their musical skills, and for student pianists who wish to gain experience working with singers and/or the music-theater genre. Students will be auditioned by the instructor, then assigned to appropriate ensembles from opera, musical theater, operetta and new music-theater. Sources will include as wide a variety as possible in terms of musical style, ensemble size, genres. The course will culminate with a public performance in Sateren Auditorium at the end of Interim. Students will be evaluated in areas of attendance, effort, participation, and attitude. Activities will include both group and one-on-one instruction in the following areas: Body/voice warmups; lecture/class discussion on topics of interest (i.e., vocal technique, acting technique, stage fright, auditions, etc.;) rehearsals and individual coachings; visit to rehearsal of local opera company, if possible; mock auditions; staged and costumed performance of scenes studied. Prerequisite: Audition by Instructor Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: /I Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 11I-A Instructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 5 PHI 231-A Instructor David Apolloni We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a wrongdoer to be happy; that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes. Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Weslern Herilage Maximum Enrollmenl: 20 Time: I Room: Music 2 3 TOPIC: MEISTER ECKHART: MYSTIC AND PHILOSOPHER PHI 295-A lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer An in-depth study of the mystical and philosophical writings of the medieval mystic, Meister Eckhart. We will carefully define mysticism and categorize its different types. Eckhart's mystical writings will be studied and an attempt to relate his doctrine to his philosophical views on God, the soul, and the world. Students will keep a journal and present papers on selections from Eckhart's writings. Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or permission of professor, ENG 11 1 Graduation Level Skill: Writing Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 POL 295-A lnstructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Middle East conflicts and negotiation processes have remained in the news for decades. To understand the issues and political factors operating in the area we will examine Palestinian-Israeli relations within a regional framework, reviewing how conflict escalated from communal tensions to regional and international war. Lectures and readings will highlight historical developments and describe how secret bilateral negotiations and formal international agreements have been achieved. Students will consider future prospects for regional peace, emphasizing Israeli relations with Syria and Lebanon, militant Islamic groups in the region and tensions in the Persian Gulf. Readings from texts and recent articles as well as films from Middle Eastern film-makers will form the basis for class discussions. This course fulfills the speaking component of the graduation skills requirement. Students will present two short discussions and one 15-minute oral critique. Prerequisite: One course in political science or international relations Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 TOPICS:THETRANSFORMATION OF POLITICALSYSTEMS IN CENTRALAND EASTERN EUROPE POL 495-A Instructor: J. Agnieszka Rybczynska The course will consider developments in Eastern and East Central Europe since the Fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989. Its focus is on the transformation of political systems in the Czech and Slovak Republics, Hungary and Poland, with some attention to other countries in Eastern Europe. The course will discuss the theoretical aspects of system transformation and the causes and consequences of the events of the 1989 revolutions in East Central Europe. Special attention will be paid to democratization, constitutional processes, institution building, and the development of civil society after the break-up of communism. These developments will be treated in historical, geopolitical, and ethno-cultural context. The course will include lecture and discussion. Requirements: a short discussion paper, class participation, and a 10-15 page research paper. Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: % t h m ~ W ? mus/.c 2 4 PSY 105-A Instructor: Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Evaluation: Tests and reports. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 PSY 340-A Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self ." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discus- sions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and four or five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisite: PSY 102 or 105 Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral Development" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a part of the course process. Offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisite: PSY 102 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 MYSTICS, MONKS, AND MENTORS: EXPLORING CHRISTIANSPIRITUALITIES I N IRELAND AND BRITAIN (UMAI E COURSE) REL 230-A Instructor: Brad Holt Explore ancient and recent spiritualities, especially Celtic and monastic types, along with Julian of Norwich, John Wesley, C.S. Lewis and Evelyn Underhill. Course requirements include attendance, participation in class discussions (including leadership of one discussion), daily meditation, five brief quizzes, a journal, and a concluding essay. Fee: $2,795 includes all air and surface travel, hotel and monastic accommodations, breakfast daily, one lunch, twelve dinners, 7-day Travelcard for London, and touring as indicated. For more information contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 REL 343-A Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 'Note: This course does not meet a Christian Faith Perspective REL 345-A Instructor: Mark Tranvik The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over 450 years, and its cultural influence. Representative figures to be studied include Luther, Bach, and Bonhoeffer. There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Requirements include class participation and exams. Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Science 213 ~ S S U E S IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION REL 374-A Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between sci- ence and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the re-evaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisite: One Christian Faith course and junior or senior standing Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIAN FAITH REL 385-A Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen This course introduces students to the relational world view of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will be given to the writings of John B. Cobb, Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small groups, and some lecture to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexuality and euthanasia. Grades will be based on the paper (10-15 pages), the presentation of the paper to the class and class participation. Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221 Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 S WK 257-A Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a service agency or institution which students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 11 ECUADOR: GALAPAGOS, RAINFOREST HIGHLANDS - A JOURNEY IN HOLISTIC HEALTH AND ECOLOGY AND (UMAI E COURSE) SWK 315-A Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield With a focus on the recognition that humans must live in harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito. Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de la Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people who live there. Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical analysis related to course content, a reflection essay paper, attendance, and group participation. The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners, Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included), rain forest stay (all meals included), and touring as, indicated. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155. Prerequisite: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 S WK 466-A (full course) S WK 466-B (0.5 course) Instructor: Glenda Rooney This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120 hours (0.5 course option during Interim). Responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Supportive weekly seminar. Students enrolled will be evaluated by a series of mini-papers in which they are expected to integrate the field experience with the course content; the site supervisor for the field experience. Tentative grading is 50 percent for each component of the course. Prerequisite: Candidacy status Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 101 HUMANCOMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS SOC 21 1-A Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class presentation which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal A ~ t sPerspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 21 SPC 347-A Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view several documentary films in class and will work in groups to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be required for editing. Grading will be based upon the video project, the journal, the final exam and class attendance. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 175 The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-K Instructor: Wayne Niles This class is designed to instruct students in the basic techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet. Based on and taught by experienced instructors in the art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. Mondays. Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-G Instructor: A1 Kloppen Practice and playing of golf. Grading: P/N only Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: 12:OO - 1:00 p.m., M,TW;Th, F Room: West side of Air Structure HPE 002-F Instructor: Marilyn Florian Practice and playing of Ultimate Frisbee. Grading: P / N only Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 12:OO. - 1:00 p.m., M, 7;W;Th, F Room: East side of Air Structure UMAI E Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 20,1995. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient Italy: City, Town, and Country Life Art, Architecture, and Arias: The History of Central Europe Art Treasures of Paris, Florence, Rome and Amsterdam British Isles: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites Communism to Capitalism: People, Places, and Geography in the Baltic States Costa Rica: Environment and Economics Ecuador: Galapagos, Rainforest, and Highlands A Journey in Holistic Health and Ecology England: Literary Ventures by Train The English School and Family Europe and the Rise of Modern Science The European Economic Union: Boundaries and Impact Greek Odyssey: Art and Architecture of Anci ent Greece Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings UMAIE - Hawaii2 Religious Experience: Migrants, Multiculturalism, and Religion Irish Culture, Irish Drama Japan: Land of the Rising Sun Law in London Meeting People Needs: The Swedish Model Mystics, Monks, and Mentors: Exploring Christian Spiritualities in Ireland and Britain Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs Readings of the Bible Sounds and Sights of Europe Theatre In and Around London These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Full descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in the Interim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the ~ i n n e s o t a - ~ a n a d i a n border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1954-1956
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1954 - 1955 and 1 955 - 1956 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 VOL. XVIII, NO. 1 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one a...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1954 - 1955 and 1 955 - 1956 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 VOL. XVIII, NO. 1 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second-class matter March 21, 1947, at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Academic Calendar 4 General Information 5 Financial Information 14 Student Community Life 21 - 33 The College 33 Academic Administration - Curriculums 4.2 53 Courses of Study 55 Division of Religion and Philosophy Division of the Humanities - 59 . 72 Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .-----.......-86 ...... Division of the Social Sciences The Theological Seminary 94 General Requirements 94 ----------.----- Courses of Study 97 104 Board of Trustees Committees of the Faculty LO6 - 1 The Faculty Graduates Student Enrollment Index 1 0 1 7 5 1 1 8 121 CALENDARS For 195657 and 1957-58 FIRST S E m 1 957-58 1956-57 Freshman Days Sept. Sept. 12-15 Registration !%pt. 11-14 Sept. 17, 8:oo a.m. College Classes 'bgin Sept. 16, 8:oo t m Sept. 17, 8:00 a.m. Seminary Convenes Sept. 16, 8:00 a.m. Sept. Late Registration Fee sept. 19 Oct. 19-21 Homecoming Nm. 1-3 Nov. 13 End of first half of Semester Nov. !%pt. 11-16 20 10-11 I3 Thanksgiving Recea Nov. 28, 29 Dec. 19, 4:so p.m. Christmas Recess begins Dec. so, 4:2o p.m. Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m. Classes Resume Jan. 6, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 21-25 College Examinations Jan. 22-28 Jan. 22-25 Seminary Examinations Jan. 23-28 Jan. First Semester Ends Jan. 28 NOV. 22, 23 2 j Jan. 14-30 Registration for h d Jan. 16-3 I Semester SECOND SEMESTER Jan. 31, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3, 8:00 a.m. Feb. 4 Late Registration Fee FA. 6 Feb. Lincoln's Birthday Feb. I 2 12 Mar. 30 End of first half of Semester April April 17, 4:zo p.m. Easter Recess begins April 2, 4:2o p.m. April 23, 8:oo a.m. Easter Recess ends April 8, 8:oo a.m. May 24 Seminary Commencement May 28 May 24-31 College Examinations May 23-29 May 30 Decoration Day h,fa~ 30 June Baccalaureate Service June I College Commencement June 2 2 June 3 2 GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to securing a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact contemporary American life at one of its focal points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. In the Theological, Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o 2ead the student to a deeper understanding and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. To familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. To develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate i n the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best i n the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student evelop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use o the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. \ To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. T o instrut the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things, They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedi~in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school curricular and e*a-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make poscfible the carrying out of this program, v r i n g from the aim "to see all hings through the e p s of Christ." FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the a5liation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Aug'sburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsbu~gCorporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and develop~nentof the Callege, the chief financial support of the i n s t i t ~ i o ncomes from the congcgstions of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a praning circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Chu~ch.both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Associa- tion of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Associatioll of American Colleges, the Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. Mr. Kenneth Lower is the Executive Secretary and editor of the Bulletin. The Alumni Ofice is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modem building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Library building. Sverdmp-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of the new Residence for Women, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Residence for Women, adjoining Sivertsen Hall at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 105 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistants. Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Miriam House, acquired in 1951, are smaller dormitories, each housing about 20 students. The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha* been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. THE MUSEUM The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Kleven is the curator. THE A R C H I ~ S The Augsburg Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives were provided. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should he sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 300 of the best periodicals and pamphlets dealing with a large variety of subjects as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science IIall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is l~catedon the ground floor of the Library. Available for classroom use, and for the use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16 mm. sound movie projectors, one combination 2x2 inch slide projector and 16 mm. film strip projector, one 3x5 slide projector, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, and magnetic tape recording machines. There is also a well equipped photography department. The auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first .three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 .. . Tuition in College $2m.00 Books, etc. 2 5 . 0 to 40.00 Student activity fee I - - . - 8.00 Library fee .. -.- 7.50 Health fee 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) 5.00 Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) -. - 1.00 Mail box fee .50 Total $253.00 to 268.00 Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour. Special students and auditors enrolled for 7 credit hours or more of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, health, and library fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER' Iioom Board (estimate) 1 Subiect to change. ...$65.00 to 80.00 160.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, women students $100.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes Registration with the Placement Bureau , Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement $ 3 . 0 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled ---Examination making up an incomplete or a condition -----------Comprehensive examination --Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ---..~.---------~-MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano Voice Organ -Erass or Wood wind (private instruction) Rrass or Wood wind (class instruction) --.. Piano stodio rental8(one hour per day) Organ reap1 -Vctice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir -.-Choral Club - . . . $35.00 - 35.00 _ - - -- COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER -.-- -- 35.00 40.00 14.00 8.00 20.00 4.00 5.00 2.50 4.00 Art 1 and 2 Art 3 and 4 - 2.00 3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 76 ----5.00 Home Economics 39 and 40 ............... Biology 60 ....................................................................1.00-2.00 2.50 -.----.- -Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, and 55 Biology 7N -. 4.00 Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 5.00 1 Subject to change. Chemistry 1, 2 --Chemistry 4 Chemistry 3N Chemistry 5, 6, 51, 52, 53, 54, and 55 Physics 1, 2 Physics 3 -Physics 5 and 6 Physics 51 Physics 52 Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, and 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, and 54 Education 96 -- -- ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER' Resident students General expenses -. $253.00 to 268.00 223.00 to 240.00 Room and Board Special, music, or.course fees 2.00 to 35.00 Total, appro~imately 3478.00 to X3.00 Off -campus students $253.00 to 268.00 General expenses -Special, music, or course fees -- 2.00 to 35.00 Total, approximately ..............................$25500 ......... to .... 303.00 ... These estimates do n6t include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan". In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a of $150.00 in the case of resident. students and $75.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. 1 Subjea to change. REFUNDS Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the t'ime during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out ,of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theo2ogical Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships, amounting to tuition for the second half of the Freshman year, are offered to outstanding high school graduates. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of thk Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student for outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided b y the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $350 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus ~f Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or medical study. GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student r.11ust make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT -COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and Library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPELSERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. REI;IG~OUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and seriice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. Symphony Forums are held .on campus each year, with speakers from the Orchestral Association or the Orchestra. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing pro. grams, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, S t u d a t Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Pastor, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The college physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent abilitjr. Students who distinguish themselves acad&nically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild of Honor and Lambda Iota Tau recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. THE STUDENT HEALTHSERVICE The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. Students not living at home must live in college operated housing and take their meals in the college dining hall. Under certain conditions, students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or Dean of Students. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented at a reasonable cost. This service includes laundering, pick up and delivery. Augsburg's beautiful new Residence for Women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, adequately houses one hundred fifty women, and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and grill service for all students. Sverdrup Ojtedal Memorid Hall, a men's residence hall, houses one hundred fifty men, and also contains the college dining rooms, and the student health service. The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses by this income. Employment can be obtained more satisfactorily after students have been at the college for a time, and consequently, it is .desirable that a new student should have sufficient funds to pay his entire expenses for at least one semester. Students are employed by the college in many phases of its opera- tion. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average and have a good employment record. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided for students each spring. The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable car'd playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices. Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although no formal charge is made against him. Disciplinary problems, other than academic failure, are handled through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and counseling precedes any action. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibiiity of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the offiee of Student Personnel. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprisingGthe whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group of twenty-five students elected by the various classes. The top five positions are nominated and elected directly by the Student Society. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Associution. The local NSA Council is elected by the Student Council. The Student Council directs several service projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual Campus Chest Campaign, Political Action and Brotherhood weeks, and two Leadership Training projects. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through Campus-Brother Campus-Sister groups. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop a degree of self g ~ v ernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student staff. The top staff members are named by The Board of Publications, one of the Student Council agencies. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the classes earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgiun, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual Student Handbook and Directory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effecthe participation, Several of students with similar interests have united to form cI&. these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. STUDENT CLUBS The Aristotelian Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledge and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest thrmghout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Canera Cbb is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the cult'ure, language and people of the various countries. The Drama Society provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. BAND THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECONCERT The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. A pep band entertains at athletic contests. THE AUGSBURG CHORAL CLUB The choral club is composed of approximately fifty members. It participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS This organization is for men who like to sing in a men's group. Rehearsals are held twice a week. The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE "A7' CLUB Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. AND RECREATION PHYSICALEDUCATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the collegerecognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can cnntribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1j The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities: Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade ,performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup in Atfitics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be well rounded individuals, excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point Augsburg ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work a t m College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of $10.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 10 and for the spring semester by January 30. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of s d c i e n t maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of studepts whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difliculty in doing college work. DEFICIENCIES Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by means of tests. The requiremenb include the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. - No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATlON AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's o6ce on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of the semester. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness b r for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact p i o d s absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving' in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the stues the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O5ce in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition reecived at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, %Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, &Condition 1 honor point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses : Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. Speech 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits MU. 7, 8, Phil. 15, 60 or any literature H. Ec. 3, a, course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Language 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences 6 credits Hist. 1-2, 21, 22, or Soc. 1, and 3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. 15, 16. Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2. Psychology 4 credits Required in certain fields. Orientation 1 credit Required of all Freshmen. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Major and Minors - 'A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in f work he does in the Lower Division. -It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, istry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Edu- 4- For major and minor requirements as to houys cf credit see departmental statements. Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. 2 In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. M- Magna Cum Laude 2.5-2.79+ Cum Laude 2.1-2.49+ ji w be eligible for these honors, the student must hwr compked at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. AUGSBURG COLLEGE CURRICULUMS THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or mis choice of courses even in the Freshman year. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . Freshman English New Testament Greek Foreign Language . . . . Humanities or Philosophy . History or English , I . 6 or English Literature, 6 Cr. New Testament Greek 6 or English Literature, 6 Cr. Typewriting .. . .. .. 8 6 6 6 Youth Work in the Church .. z Principles of Christian Education z History or English Philosophy or Logic . Economics or Education or Political Science . , , . . - -.-- T - ; " p.'*Lm,m,% w *' h "*": 4.W !m CURMCULUMS PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a q u a u e d parish worker. w 1 Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with - Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman 4 Freshman English . . . . Natural Science . . . . Typewriting . . . . . . 1 Sophomore Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . . w w . . Orientation . . . . . Physical Activities . Electives . . . . . . . . Religion ........ Beginning Speech . . . Types of Public Speech .. . 3 General Psychology . I Health . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 . . . ..... ... 6 8 .. 3 . . 3 . . . I -3 Foreign Language . . . . . 3 3 8 ..... 4 . . z I . - I 3 7. w 32 Senior T h e Missionary Enterprise . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education. . 2 T h e Christian Churches . . . . . . z T h e Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . z Social Psychology or Urban Sociol. . . . . . . . . . 3 OgY . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .... I Elementary Shorthand Recreatiimal Activities . . . . . . 6 . . . I to 32 Parish W o r k . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the C h w c h . . . Edrrcational Psychology . . . . . . . . . H y m n s and Music o f the Church. Fundamentals o f Journalism . . . . Crafts . . . . . . . . . . 1'. . . . . . . . . Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice ......... 7. Fine Arts Electives 2 , . . . . . . . . . . z 3 z z 2 3 3 32 w HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a e r tificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught in the high schools. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . - . . . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . - .4 - Sophomore Religion . . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language or Natural ............. 8 Science . . . . . Psychology . . . Fine Arts . . . . . Electives . . . . . 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Electives in Major or Minor . . . .14 32 Senior .................. 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . .4or 5 Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14 - 3 2 or 33 VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Physics . . . . . . . - . . . .4 Principles of Chemistry . . . . . . . - . 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Construction . . . . . . . . . . 2 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Economics .................... 3 Marriage and Family ............ 3 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 32 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Color and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . Contemporary Issues in Education. Home Management Problems . . . . Home Management Laboratory . . . Advanced Clothing Construction. . ................... Electives 32 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 z 8 - BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . European Civilization or Sociology. Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore 4 6 6 6 8 I . . 2 I Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . , United States History . Business Law . . . . . . . . Advanced Accounting Business Finance . . . . . Money and Banking . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Speech Natural Science . . . . . . . , . - . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 .. . ... 8 4 6 3 4 Senior Religion , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marketing or Industrial Management . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Labor and Management Relations. . 3 Public Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 F i e Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -16 . . LAW The following suggested two-year, pre-law program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible to modify the program for admission to other law schools. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Principles of Accounting . . . . . , . 6 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . . 6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . I ... .. . . . . . - Sophomore Religion Christian Ethics . . - . . . . . - . . . . - . Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . American Government . . . . . . . . . . Logic Introduction to Philosophy . . . . . History of England . . - . . . . . . . . . Natural Science , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 6 6 3 3 3 8 33 SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute lieed for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a cumculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not ,require post-graduate training and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization Principles of Sociology S o d Problems . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . , Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion ...................... 4 American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Statistics ........... 3 Rural Sociology ................ 3 Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . 3 History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . 6 Sociul Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 . Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Introduction to Metbods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 3 Public Welfare . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Crtntinology . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - - ........ MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Student may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. 6 Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology Speech . . . . . . . . Foreign Language Fine Arts . . . . . Electives Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . Freshman English . General Zoology . . Social Science . . . Orientation . . : . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education Electives . . . . . . - . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . , 5 Bacteriology . . . . . - . . . - . . .4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S - Senior Lectures, laboratory and ~ractical work at General Hospital for twelve months. - DIACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In rnany instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curricu~umis suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses ih college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English General Zoology . . . Health . . . . . . . . Sociology . . . . . . . . Elements of Nutiition Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . . Electives .......... Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . , . . . 6 Psychology . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis ............... 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . 2 Anatomy and Physiology .....4 Bacteriology . . . ,,. .,. . 3 Chemistry ..............3 Psychology , , ......... 2 Second Year Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies <tothe fields of aeronautical, electrical agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 FreshEnglish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus aqd Diflerential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Modern Physics . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Principles of Sociology and Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 or 6 - 34 or 36 Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should study algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Religion ...........-.... 4 European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6 Zoology . . . . . . . . . - . - . . . 8. Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . - 8 General Physics . . - - . . - - . . . .8 . - CURRICULUMS MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education. but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools. but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply . Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I -. Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . . . . . History or Philosophy Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . Analytical Chemistry Quantitative Analysis Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . Senior Religion . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology ..................... German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry ............ Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 5 4 10 SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies. Fit Year .4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . I Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . t Principles of Accounting ........ 6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 32 Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . - . Advanced Typewriting . . . . . Advanced Shorthand . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . Of6ce Machines . . . . . . . . . . Consumer Education . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COURSES OF STUDY COURSES OFFERED Descriptions of the courses offered in 1956-58 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necesskate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course geenrally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. AUG~BURG COLLEGE DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art DIVISIONOF THE SOCIALSCIENCES History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL SCIENCES Biology, Chemistry, Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education. DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view--to relate himself to Christ as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours ,per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfiies this requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, r t credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. r, 2. BASICBIBLE.Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. CHURCH HISTORY. I. 2 Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. 4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.n. 2 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival .faiths of modem Western civilization. The course is designed t o give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. 5. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 1957-1958.) 7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION. I z Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. 8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH.n. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. 5. CHRISTIANETHICS.I. 2 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. 23. GROUP ACTMN. See Course 53 under Education. I Cr. Upper Division Courses = RELIGION.I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. 53. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES.I. 2 Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal position, and .practices of the vamious branches of the Christian Church. 54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.II. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 16. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.II. 2 Cr. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing efTective Christian leadership in this sphere. 57. PROBLEMS IN CHRISTIAN LIYING. U. z Cr. A d e r a t i a n of some of the fundamental pestions oonnected with living the Christian life: such as, rhe assurance of salvation, the devotional life, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life stmdards of -duct, hi the local congregation. The Episde w the Pmppians is studied. 58. PARISH WORK.II z Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organiza- tion and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. I. Sr. z Cr. 59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. Sr. 60. THE MESSAGE z Cr. A discovery of the mencc of the Christian Faith through a careful study of rrpiesencauve sacciona. including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters ro the EpbGan5 and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy MR. LARSEN, MR.COLACCI The courses in philosophy seek to assis the student in becoming familiar .raith the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to create an mdcrstandiag of the prindples of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 y , 26, 41, 42, 18 are required for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor. r f , 16. THE HUMANITIES IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION. I, 11. 3 , 3 cr. A survey course dealing with the development of 'Western thought as reflected in outstanding works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the Lower Division requirement in the Socia! Sciences. (Wered I 9 57-5 8.) 25. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. SO. I. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. 26. LOGIC. So. II. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics consided include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 41,42. HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY.I, n. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. U,pper Division Courses 5 I, $2. COMPARATTVE RELIGION.I, n. 2, s Cr. See course 5 I,5 2 under Department of Religion. j 5. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 42. I. 3 0. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 95 6-57.) 56. KIERKEGAARD. Prereq. 41 or 42. TI. 3 Cr. A ,study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy af religion and theology. (Offered 1956-57.) 5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered I 957-5 8.) 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11. 3 cr. The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1957-58.) 3 Cr. OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 61. PHILOSOPHY An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( M e r e d 1957-58.) THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL See course 74 under Political Science. 3 Cr. 8 I,82. SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I, I Cr. An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in h d i n g his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. Department of Classical Languages Mn. C~LACCI,Mn. STENSVMG The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real insight into our classica1 heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. N e w Testament Greek Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. I-z.-) ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of theoretical and practical grammar. The course also covers the manuscript transmission of the N. T. Greek text, with description of the main Uncial Ms. and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5I, 52. MA=, 53. 54. LUKEI-XX, AND ACTSI-XX. I, 11. AND ROMANS.I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax, and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I , yz will be offered in 1957-58; courses 53, 54 in 1956-17. fContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Latin I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN.Fr. I, II. Grammar, easy prose, composition. 8 Cr. AND ST. AUGUSTINE. SO. I, II. 3, 3 c r 3, 4. GSAR, Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Czsar's Gallic War and St. Augusthe's Confessions. (Oflered 19 57-5 8.) Hebrew FOR BEGINNERS. I, II. g3-84.f HEBREW See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. S 5 , 86. HEBREW EXEGESIS. I, II. See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary. Department of English f i e Department of English aims TO train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literanue. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English. Major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 12, 61, 62, 74, and one of the following: 59, 81, 83, or 85. Minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 20 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan to do qaduate work in English should include courses 76, 78, and 92. . -iCuntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Loth semesters. b A. IMPROVEMENT OF W R ~ GI. . o Cr. For students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests. Emphasis placed on the (basic principles of writing and cgrrect English usage. Offered in connection with English I. - -- R. IMPROVEMENTOF READING.I, 11. o Cr. A develop.menta1 program for studenlts who wkh to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. I-2.t FRESHMAN ENGLISH.I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and Literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. 21. MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recornmended for non-English majors. (Offered 1 9 57-5 8.) 21. EXPOSITORY WRITING.Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 56. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 31. FOUNDATIONS OF LITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical tradition in modern British and American literature. MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11. 3 Cr. English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to non-English works. 3 2. Upper Division Courses 50. SENIORENGLISH.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 2, 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 I , 5 2. 5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.I. 2 Cr. See course 15 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. +Continuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. 11. 2 Cr. See course 56 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 Cr. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1957-58.) POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. 59. CONTEMPORARY Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 1956-57.) 2 Cr. 61. BRITISH LITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEEN^ A N D EIGHTEENTH~ ~ N T U R I E S . Prereq. 32. I. 3 Cr. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY.Prereq. 61.II. 3 Cr. Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. 2 Cr. CRITICISM.Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. II. 72. LITERARY A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for .modern thought. 74. SHAKESPEARE. +q. 32. II. 3 Cr. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the historical background. 76. M ~ T O NPrereq. . 61. H. 2 cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of 1957-58.) the seventeenth century. (Offered 78. CHAUCERPrereq. 32. 11. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1956-57.) 8 I. MODERN DRAMA.Prereq. 62. I. 2 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. (Offered I 956-57 . ) BRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 62. I. 2 Cr. 83. MODERN The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1957-18.) S 5. CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN LITERATURE. Prereq. 5 I, 5 2. Major writers since World War I. I. 2 Gr. 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in English. 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. z Cr. Journalism I. FUND~MENTAIJOF JOURNALISM.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, wich emphasis on reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. (Offered 1956-57.) 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.n + Cr. The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective advisers of high-school publications. (Offered I 957-58.) 5. ~ c h oSTAFF MEETINGS. I, n. I, I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augsburg E c h staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open to members of Course I . Hour arranged. A, 5, 7. Ailgshrgim STAFF MEETINGS.I, n. I , I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may neceive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meetings. Department of Speech This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech ,compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student ta teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61, 66, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor. Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students course 66 and at least one course from each of the follo&ing groups: 12, 5 I ; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76. II Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lkping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contxct the head of the department for individual attention. i I. BEGINNING SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speaking. I z. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking activities. I 5. STORYTELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age gmups. observation and practice in story telling. (Offered 1956-57.) 21-2t.f INTERCOLIGIATE DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 2 Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25, 26. PUBLICSPEAKINGSEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11. I, I Cr. Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests. Arranged. TO I ~ A M A T IARTS. C Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introdllction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. ( O f k e d 1956-57.) 3 I. INTERPRETAM ~ A D I N G . SO. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. (Offered 1957-58.) 32. ACTING.SO. II. 3 Cr. An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 51. GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1956-57.) 54. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. (Offered 1956-57.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must coniplete both semesters. 2 Cr. 61. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE.Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. I. Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1917-58.) 62. PERSUASION. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. n. 2 0. Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAFT. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. 66. STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. lI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. ( m e r e d I 956-57.) 2 Cr. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 . Jr., Sr. 11. 74. SPEECHHYGIENE. Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of speech habits. (Offered 1956-57.) Y . Sr. II. 3 Cr. 76. SPEECH P A ~ O L O G Jr., Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience-in speech therapy. (Offered I 95 7-58.) OF SPEECH. Sr. I. 95. TEACHMG See course 95 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of German The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is to provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the candidate for higher academic degrees. Minor, I-2.t 20 credia. BEGINNINGGERMAN.I, 11. 8 A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language Cr. so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POE-ray. I, n. 3, 3 Cr. This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and poetry. fChntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 2. GERMANLITERATURE. I, n. 3, 3 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Offered 1957-58.) TEACHING OF GERMANICLANGUAGES. Sr. I. See course 73 under Education. 73. 2 Cr. Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history of the Scandinavian peoples, as well as to transmit to American life the best of their cultural heritage. m i o r , 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. j, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard' authors. Brie& survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered 1956-57.) I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY.I. 3 Cr. A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. ( M e r e d 1957-58.) I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1957-5 8.) Upper Division Courses THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Prereq. 4, or six credits in liter2 Cr. ature. Jr., Sr. I. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 5 5. 1956-57.) 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Prereq. 4, or six credits in literature. Jr., Sr. II. 2 Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 195 6-5 7.) ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Romance Languages hks. KINGSLEY, MR. HELLAND The Romance Language Department aims to aid the student in the mastery of the fundamental rules of' pronunciation and grammar, leading to a fuller comprehension and correct usage of the foreign language. It aims further to acquaint the student thmugh masterpieces of literature with the culture and m d u s uivendi of the countries whose language he is learning. French Minor, 20 credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections fmm French literature. ( m e r e d 19 57-5 8.) 3, 4. INTERMEDUTE FRENCH.I, 11. 3, 3 c r . One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. (Osered 1956-57.) Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and Iiterary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) 5 2. OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES. Sr. I. 77. TEACHING See course 77 under Education. 2 Cr. Spanish Minor, 20 credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. 8 Cr. Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, n. 3. 3 Cr. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1957-58.) $2. SPANISHCâ¬YNVERSATION AND COMPOS~ION. n. 3 Cr. A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish t h m g h conversation and composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual aids, integrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered I 957-58.) OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES. Sr. I. 77. TEACHING See course 77 under Education. t Cr. Department of Music The Department of Music offers training to students who wish t o become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialid study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded students who are interested in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Graduation Major, 36 credits, including wurses I , 2, 7, 8, 15-16,55-56, 57, 58, 61-62or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied music, z of which must be in piano or organ. Teaching Major, 32 credits in addition to 88, 89; including wurses I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16,55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64"; a credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior year, is required of all music majors. *A student with a major fsor teaching should be prepared for ibth vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes both technique wurses, his work in applied musi,c, excepting the required credits in piano, must be instrumental ~liusicif he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technique. Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. 1f-16, 78; 4 credits from 10, $5-56, $7, $8, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in private lasuns in either vocal or instrumenml music. Teaching Minor, zz credits k addition to 88, 89; including course 5 5 . 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64; and 4 credits in applied music. I, 2, I 5-16, Two credits are g-ken for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is mt granted for less than two complete semesters within an academic year. One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, +no, organ, brass, or w d winds. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1, 2. TEIEOIY, I, IL A basic c o w 2, 2 G. in the fundamentals of music, including the pIjncip!es of not&am, major and &nor scales, intervals, triads rhythms: aural skills: sight reading, dictation, and pate sin-eg. Should be =ken toncurrently with 11-16 mhencver +ble. 2, 2 Cr. HETORYAND L ~ ~ ~ T OF W MUSIC. K E I, 11. -4n IGstoricaI appmch ta &e appreciation of the world's greatest music. Sppplunenred by musicaI scores and record illustrations. For students with or 7, 8. without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering &or 8, or have consent of instructor. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.TI. 2 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention ro Protestant hymnody. Designed for the ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and pre-seminarians. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of a course in religion. 4 Cr. IF-16.t HARMONY.I, H. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing. Upper Division Courses 2, 2 Cr. HARMONY. Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11. 5. 56. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course I 5-1 6, with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. $Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 5 7 , 5 8 . CONDUCTING. Prereq. 2, or 2 Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, Il. 2, n Cr. A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music education are advised to take the course m .their junior year. 61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr. 4 Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instrumens, pffprdng the prospective public school music teacher and director for work orchestra. b d and CHOR~CL TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr. 4 Cr. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice ai related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music. 63-64.? 77. C O U ~ ~ R P O IPrcreq. NT. 3. I. Sr. n Cr. Strict c o u n ~ i n i rn one. two, three and four-part writing in all the species. 7 8 . M u s r ~ ~At N A L Y Prereq. ~. 2 , 5 1 , and 77 or consent of instructor. II. Sr. 2 Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical wmpositioa. 3 . fi8. TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. TI. z Cr. See course 8 4 under Education. 89. TEACHING OF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 2 cr. See course 89 under Education. CHOIR,CHORALCLUB OR BAND. I, 11. r Cr. MALECHORUS.I, 11. I Cr. These organizations exist not m l p for the benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled ts a studem wbo wishes to participate in groups affording the opportunity for rnmiitaI e x p d a Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two complete semesters within an academic year. PIANO, I, IT. I, I Cr. All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced. The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. ORGAN.I, TI. I, I Cr* 1;lstruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is required as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week. :Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. VOICE.I, II. I, I Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, brea.th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. % or B u s s INSTRUMENTS. I, II. WOOD-WIND INSTRUMENTS. I, II. % or Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows: I Cr. I Cr. a) Private instructim--onk thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) per semester. I credit. b) Class instruction--one thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. % credit. Art I . 2. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal h r m s . Plaster casting. (Offered 1956-57.) 3. ART IN DAILYLMNG. I. 3 Cr. See course 3 under Department of Home Econo~nics. 7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) Upper Division Courses AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 64. HISTORY See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 2 Cr. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES It is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance 2nd value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. Department of History and Political Science The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of ,the instructor. I-2-f SURVEYOF EUROPEAN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, II. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Des&ied to lay the foundation for future work in History. 1 I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature. t r , z z . UNITEDSTATES HISTORY.SO., I, n. 3, 3 c r . A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. AND n i ~ REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 5 I . THERENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modern civilization and culture. (Offered 1957-58.) 3 Cr. TO I 800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. jz. ENGLAND Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors whi,ch shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1956-57.) f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 5 3. LATIN-AMERICAN A study of Latin America and its development. (Offered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 54. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. I -2.Jr., Sr. 11. Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Wered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. UNI~D STATES.Prereq. 21,zz. Jr., Sr. I. 55. CONTEMPORARY The United States from about 1900 to the present. (Offered 1957-588.) DIPLOMACY.Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present. (Offered 1957-58.) 61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modem cultures. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) 62. CANADIAN HIS-. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1957-58.) 64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 195 6-57.) AND EARLYNINETEEN= CENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 71. FRENCHREVOLUTION 3 Cr. IZ credits in H,kt. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. (Offered 1957-58.) 72. LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE.Prereq. 1 2 credits in H i t . Jr., 3 Cr. Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise d imperialism, and the background of World War I. (Offered 1957-58.) Jr., 9. II. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 Cr. 8 I, 82. THET W E N ~ T CENTURY. H Prereq. I z cr. in Hit. Sr. I, TI. 3, 3 Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. (Offered 1956-57.) z Cr. SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor. 99. HISTORY A survey of historical literature and source materials. A research project is required. Recommended for history majors and students who plan to do graduate work in history. Political Science Minor, 1 5 credits. A I -42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are stressed. Upper Division Courses 3 53. POLITICAL PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1956-57.) &=r. 56. AMERICANDIPLOMACY.11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 60. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 41-42or Econ. 1 5 for Political Science minors. 3 Cr. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics. 74. HISTORY OF P O L ~ C ATHOUGHT. L Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. .4 study of ,political philosophy and its in,fluence and historical significane from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered 1957-58.) 85. TEACHING OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. See course 85 under Education. 2 Cr. Geography 14. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11. 3 A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. ( m e r e d 195 6-57.) cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; 6 credits each in Sociology and Economics; and Political Science 41-42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-41; and 3 credits in Economics. +Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Sociology The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of'christianity to efiective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition aye History [-2, or 21, 22. Minor, 15 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLQGY. Fr., SO. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. S o c m PROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. TO STATISTICS.Fr., SO. TI. 4. INTRODUCTION See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics. 3 Cr. TN. SOCIOLOGY. I. A course in general sociology for nurses. z Cr. 16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. See course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Languages and Literature. 21. RURALSOCIOLOGY. SO. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with s p i a l attention to the problems of the contemporary rural America. 22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO.n. 3 Cr. Study of the city a s to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. A N D FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 42. MARRIAGE See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. Upper Division Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACE RELATIONS AND MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. Soc. Sr. II. Jr., I 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1956-57.) ) 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS. 1.1. 3 Cr. See course 56 under Department of Business Administration and Economics. 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. Soc. I . Jr., Sr. I. An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and filnctions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I.Jr., Sr. TI. 3 Cr. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contempor& public welfare and social security. (Offered 1956-57.) 61. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5, and & and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr. structor. 11. Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1957-58.) OF SOCIAL STUDIES.Sr. I. 85. TEACHING See course 8 5 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Psychology and Education Psychology Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program to assist in the adjustments that the in-coming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying h,k own behavior as well as chat of his fellow men. r. (hmS'r~no~. Required. Fr. OSered both seineseers. r Cr Designed m mist freshmar in making the proper adjusrrnenr to their work as colIege studenrs. It inclade anits on orienraejon m the wllege, methds of study, improvement of reading speed and comprehension, and vocariond and educurbnd guidance, P S Y ~ O L OAND CY ORTEWA~N Er.. L 3 Cr. combines the aims and mutse content of Psychology r and Psychology 1. E m p h i s i s p!aced on heIping the studenr llrw his knowtedgc of psychoIogical principle in solving pewnd problem t h a t arise as a part of the adjvstmenr to college. Regismation rermcrd. 3. mi course I. 6. GFXERALPSYCHQL~GY. 1, IL I, 2 Cr. A study of rhe basic procews underlying hum= behavior. l%e genesal pdnciplts, methods and problems of psychology are dicassed. T h e second semester emphasizes mental h d t h and the appEicarion of the principles of psych~logyto other problem of everyday life. 7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. An introductory course intended for nurses. t Cr. Upper Division Courses 61. See Socm PSYCHOLOGY. I. course 61 under Department of Sociology. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. j or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. (Offered 19 57-58.) Education The ducarbn curticulam has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school reaching, dthongh any strrdent who is preparing to work with yuuh is errcomged to smdy in this m a . The work in rhk dtpamncnt will qualify the reaching graduate far a Minnesota Teacher's cerrificate on the junior and senior high s b l level, as well for further study in the 5eld of educadon. Admission to the teacher educaeian currkaInm reqnires nn application to be appmved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application m a t be made during tht seEond semester D+ the wphorwre year if r h e sntdent is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is g r a n d on the basis of a satisfacmry health reporr, favorable personality characteristics, and a min;mum in schoIasEic achievement of 1.5 honer p i n r ratio in the rnaiar, a 1.0 n t i o m the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. T h e applicant s b d d be preparing for competency in a t least two subject-matter fieIds h a t are aim po&r on the high xhml level. All students admitted ro rhe teachcr educario~ crrnicnlmn must secure be caken in connection with Ed. 5 1 two credits of Group Activity usually to and gz. J i addition ra the regular lower division requirements, students in reacher education are required ro hzvc four semester b u r s in general psychology, these credits to be completed before taking Ed. 51. N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 3 or 1, and 6. Jr. I. 3 Cr. of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better ilnderstand human behavior, especialIy tke behavior of adoIescents in a school context. I ! istudy ING SECONDARY SCKWZS.Prereq. yr. Jr. II. 3 Cr. 54. T F . A ~ This course has three pm:a study of rhe p u t p e s and programs of secondary xhoolq develophg p e d competency in plmning instructional activities; 2nd developing the ability to evaluate the a r c a m c of instruction. ~ 3 .74. GROW Amrvm. I, I Ct sepvaee mme, but offeered in connection with Edncarion 1 1 , $ 2 ; Religion 6, $7, 58; Phpsicd Educarion 6, rr, 13, 14,51, 56. The a a w of t h e experience will vary with h e course with which it i asmciattd, and may incIudc such activities *s teaching, wperv;sing recreation, and advising clubs. The t ~ p e r a r i wof the a~enciesinvol-red is necessary. with rtprts from the supervisor and the srudcnt ro the reacher of the course wi& which the work is mnnecred. A smdenr may nor receive more than z credits in Group Activity. Th;s is not given v is a Prereq. 5 I . Sr. II. 3 Cr. r6. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate &or student guidance, including counseling. 78. Tssv~sIK CONTEMPORARY EDUCA'FICM. Sr. XX. 3 0, The purpose of thc c o w is to develop ski11 in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to pin an u n d t r ~ r a n d i n af ~ possible solutions, and to develop some ability to epaluare the various wlutions proposed. The relation of h e problems ra the dtvelopmenr of American ducntian sad to a philosophy of education is stressed. 73. TEACHING OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES. Sr. I. OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES. Sr. I. 77. TEACHING z Cr. 2 Cr. 79. TEACHING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. s Cr. 81. TEACHING OF BUSIN-ESS. Sr. I. z 83. TEACHING OF MA~HEMATICS. Sr. I. z Cr. cr. 81. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTHEDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. 88. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. r Cr. r Cr. 89. TEACHINGOF HIGH, SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. 2 Cr. 91. TEACHING OF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I1 z Cr. 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. z Cr. 95. TEACHING OF SPEECH. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 73 through 9y include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education yz. In special situations, a student may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit listed. Prereq. 52. Sr. I. 4 to 5 Cr. 97. STUDENTTEACHING. Observation,' participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. Library Science T h c .follosning courses prepare the strrdcnt to rneer the stare requhments for a minor in library scicnce. Tbey main him in making a wjse choice of h k s for tfie xhml Library, in preparing b k s and other librav materials for cimlatios in a d d i s t c r i n g a schooI libtary, and in making intelligent and d e t t i v e me of library tools for his o m needs as a teacher. Minor, I6 credits. BASICF ~ C T T O OF N STHE S ~ W LIBRARY. L Jr. 1. ? I. 3 cr. 5 5-s6f X g n e d to acquainr the smdenr prith the place of the librvg in tbe school and comrnmiry; local public, county, scare, and national services; standards; rclanions with school admieisnatim, facultg, students, and m m u n i r p ; rhe h d g e t : planning, housing. and equipment; library recordr; organization of materids; sdKxrl libnry adrnbistntion. Two credits first semester; one credit, seeoad. fcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 57-5 8 . t ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the, elementary school library; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1956-57.) 59-6of SECONDARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I. II. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; boak selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selectian; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 7- 5 8.) 61. PRACTICAL .METHODS.Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offer4 1957-58.) 62, READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. n. 2 Cr. Remedial readin,g in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered 1957-58.) Department of Business Administration and Ecanomics, and Secretarial Studies The objective of this department is to help smdents gaia n b d hawledge and sound perspefcive of bnkpss and our economic society. Such knowledge and p e n w i v e are necessary far SUCF~PS in specific positions ia our complex business world ind .should provide rhe bwkgmmd to fncilitate advancement. with experience, ro positions of responsibility. A dgree wirh a business major 2- a common requirement of business firms m d guvefnmenr agencies. The depamnent gives a general bnckground in emwrnics; together with secretarial studies, it provides a tcaching major or minor; and it prepares far gradurn work in business and economics. Business Administration and Economics Major, 36 credits, including courses I , History 21 and 22. Minor, 21 credits, including courses I , Division courses. 2, 2, 4, 4, I 5, I 5, 16, 5 3. Also required are 16, and six credits in Upper -;Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. I,2. PRINCIPLESOF ACCOUNTING. Fr. I, II. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. TI. 3 Cr. The collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation of numerical data for the purpose of determining measures od central tendency, deviations from average, and correlation. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS. SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. The iduence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1957-58.) 5 3. BUSINESSLAW.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 3 G* 5 5. MARKETING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I. Marketinz from a businessman's standpoint, with emphasis on ways in which management decisions are made concerning product planning, merchandise selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling. 3 Cr. RELATIONS. Prereq I 5 ,16.Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT A study of management, of labor, of ,their relations, and of their control by government. T h e objective is to picture the different positions of these groups in our economy and to investigate possibilities of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and government control. .MANAGEMENT. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 57. INDUS~RUL The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Wered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. ACCOUNTING. Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr. I. 59. ADVANCEI~ The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which will enable the student to interpret financial data, and to acquaint the student with cost accounting p ~ , C i p l e sand procedures. Preparation and analysis of financial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-rder and standard costing are stressed. 60. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 62. BUSINESS FINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. Prereq. consent of instructor. 3, 3 Cr. 71, 72. SENIORTOPICS. An honors course for selected seniors in business involving independent reading and research in a specific area of ,business or economics leading to the writing of an acceptable paper. A student may receive credit for one semester only. Secretarial Studies These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oflices, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of buiness education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. A non-teaching major may be obtained by completing a minimum of 30 hours above course I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 I , 52, 53-54> Business Administration I , z, 53, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. A teaching major requires courses listed for non-teaching major plus Business Administration 15, 16, a total of 36 hours above Sec. Studies I. A minor may be obtained by completing a total of 2 5 hours above Sec. Studies I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , .r, or IF, 16. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 1. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. $1 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. I, 11. 6 Cr. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, rnimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses 51. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING. I. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. 2 Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of l,egal documents. Open to students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours ,per week. 52. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE.Prereq. 2, 3-4,11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for ,those who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 4 Cr. SHORTHAND. I, II. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. 53-54.? ADVANCED Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. 8 I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I. See course 8 I under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57, 66, 67?71,73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6,Physics 3, Economics 15, Sociology I,Biology' 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 3 or 5, and 6, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. . - Graduation minor, 22 credits including courses I,2,'3, 7, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major, 38 credits; courses listed for non-teacKing major plus 33 and 75. I. CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f ~ b r i c s suitable for different uses are topics considered. iContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete both semesters. 2. CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. n. z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double la~borator~ periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3 . ART IN DAILY LIVING.I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 8. ELEMENTS OF NUTRITION. n. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS.TI. 2 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1957-58.) PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 8 or permission of instructor. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. I aboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and fnod preparation. Three double laboratory period$ a week. 39, 40. 42. MARRIAGE A N D F A M ~RELATIONSHIPS. Y 11. 3 Cr. A course applying ~ r i n c i ~ l eofs cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family- relationships, preparation for mamage, .the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. 44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT. 11. 2 Cr. A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses $7. TEXTILES. I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) 64, HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. Cr. 2 A study a+ the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1956-57.) TI. 3 Cr. 66. HOME PLANNINGA N D FURNISHING. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analpsis of h r plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting. arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratorp periods per week. 67. FAMILY HEALTH. I. 2 Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within (the family group. 71. HOME ~ ~ N A G E M E NPROBLEMS. T I. 2 Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and cocrdmatiqg the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One lecture period and one double lzboratory period per week. 73. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. z Cr. Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home ,management house with one conference hour per w.eek. Food costs to be determined .by the group. n. 74. CONSUMER EDUCATION AND INCOME MANAGEMENT. z Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and sefvices available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments .for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. ( M e r e d 1956-57.) z Cr. OF HOME ECONOMICS. Sr. I. 71. TEACHING See course 91 under Education. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. See course 92 under Education. 92. n. z Cr. DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS I t is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology &. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MISS H U T C H ~ G Mns. S, OSWALD The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, rq credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, toward the major or minor. j ~ 4, , 7N d o not count I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences. Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory work, and discussions. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 3 ~ .HUMANANATO* AND PHYSIOLOGY. A professional course i,n human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit f o r Biol. 3N. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. n. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete twth semesters. 25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, II. 4, 4 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed e n botanical principles. Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. Upper Division Courses 4 Cr. 51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25. 26. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lwtures per week. (Offered 1957-j8.) 4 Cr. Prereq. I 3-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. 11. 52. ECOLOGY. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered I 9 5 7-5 8.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered '9~6-57.) Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11. 4 Cr.. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. 56. TAXONOMY Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Ogered I 95 6-57.) 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. n. I or 2 Cr. Practical work in mounting of microvcopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 6-57.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 79. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. z Cr. Department of Physical Sciences The courses offered provide iundamental background in the basic principles of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is :promotion of scientific thinking and scientific approach. Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the nstural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in chemistry will prepare him for further study in such specialized fields as medicine, research, engineering, nursing, pharmacy, and other related fields. The courses in physics will prepare h i for study in engineering and applied mathematics. Chemistry Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses the major or minor. 1-2, j ~ 4, do not count toward . 1-2 THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, I? For course description see Department of Biology. 8 Cr. 3 ~ .CHEMISTRY FOR NURSES. I. 3 Cr. 9 lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 4. PRINC~PLES OF CHEMISTRY.Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 4. GEN~RAL CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. .I or conclirrent registration in Math. I . Fr., So. I, II. 8 Cr. A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5-6.f Upper Division Courses CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I. 51. ANALYTICAL 4 (3. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. rwo lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. ANALYSIS. Prereq. 5 I . So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 or 5 Cr. 12. QUANTITAWE General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric. One lecture, six to eight hours laboratory per week. CHEMISTRY. Prereq. y-6. Jr., Sr. I, II. 8 to 10 Cr. 53-54.t ORGANIC A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1956-57.) ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 56. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 5 1 and 5 2 , and Physics 5 Cr. 5 and 6. Sr. 11. An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double labora'tory period per week. ( M e r e d 1 9 5 7 - 5 8 . ) Physics Minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor. WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. I - z ~ . THENATURAL For course description see Department of Biology. 8 Cr. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elem. algebra and plane geometry. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 12 lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. 3. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. I3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one q i z , and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11. 4 aThis course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of modern topics in the field of physics including atomic theory, nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, .biophysical applications of physics, and other topics. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent 4 Cr. registration in Math. 5 1 . Jr., Sr. TI. An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magneti,~ field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 5:. TEACHING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. See course 7 9 under Education. 79. z Cr. Combined Science Major for Teuching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with either 5 I and 5 2 or 5 3 - 9 4 ; Biology 1 3 - 1 4 and 2 5 , 26; Physics 1 and 6. Department of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics s d c i e n t for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them e6cient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits. Courses I , 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. 3 Cr. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. I. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for inore advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course. z. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~brmulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5 . ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. z. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY. Prereq. 1 . n. 3 Cr. 6 . ENGINEERING Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 13, 14. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. Upper Divisian Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Prereq. 1 3 , 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 51, 5 2 . 5 3 . SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are srudied and their equations developed. Quadratic sudaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 3 Cr. OF EQUATIONS. Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. 11. 54. THEORY This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree. OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. 83. TEACHING See course 83 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Health and Physical Education The aim of the Department of Hea1,th and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a #physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. A course 'n personal and community health is required of all freshmen and new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college. One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students. Teaching ,Major for men, 3 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. 11, 12, 27, yo, 51, 52, 53, 74, 55, 56, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also required. Teaching Major for women, 28 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14,16, 17,27, 50, 52, 73, 54, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also required. Teaching Minor, 19 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, I I, 12, g I, 5 3, and 54 for men: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 16, 17,53, and 54 &orwomen. Non-teaching major for men 33 credits; for women, 30 credits. Non-teaching minor 21 credits. For course requirements see under .reachingmajor and teaching-minor and confer with department head. r. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH.Fr. Ogered both semesters. 2 Cr. iZ study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. TZ. %, % Cr. ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, 11. 3, 4. PHYSICAL %, % Cr. ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 3, 4. PHYSICAL 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTHEDUCATION, PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND RECREATION. Fr. I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of hea1,th education, physical education, and recreation. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.Fr. n. I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. One double hour per week. S. FIMT AID. Fr., So. n. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. 1 I. TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and irolleyball. Three hours per week. 12. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Men). So. II. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbfflebmrd, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshm, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2, 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. I, TI. Theory and practice in the coaching and officiating of field hockey, soccer, basket,ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered 1957-58.) 16. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. ll. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffl,eboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered 1956-57.) I 7. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I. I Cr. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Two hours per week. (Offered 1956-57.) 27. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. Thii is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effectmg of efficient movements. 2 Cr. 29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of officiating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 2 Cr. Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. (Ogered 1956-57.) 50. 5 I. SELF-TESTINGACTMTICS.(Men). Jr. I. r Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling Three hours per week. 52. RHYTHMS.Jr. 11. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. (Offered 1957-18.) I Cr. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL 3 Cr. E D U U ~ O NPrereq. . 5 . Sr. I. Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of che eTernencq and secondary schml health education and physical education curriculum. 5 3. ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND 3 Cr. PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. 11. Prereq. 5. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 54. OF SPORTS:FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL. Sr. I. r Cr. 55. COACHING Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 2 OF SPORTS:BASEBALL AND TRACK. Sr. lT. 56. COACHING Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. cr. I Cr. AND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 84. TESTS A survey and evaluation of tests in ~ h ~ s i c aeducation. l (Wered 1956-17.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION. Jr., Sr. II. 2 Cr. PtobIems of commuuiry recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work (%red 1956-57.) OF HEAL= EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I 87, TEACHING See course 87 under Education. 2 Cr. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Introductory Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and IzLissionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. Ir offers a regular three-year course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal af building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. Application for Admission Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theologkal Faculty, and should include the 'following: A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, I. including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands ofdAtheSecretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists ,of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. Admission Requirements The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek Philosophy German, or Latin, or Norwegian z years I Year 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. Suggested Pre-Theological Courses In order rhat studrnm may derive rhe peatest pmsiblc advantage from their theological studies, it is recommended that their colleKc c o w of nudy, 'besides f u l f l h g requiremenrs as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects indicated a b v e , include as many as possible of the following: English Speech Psychology History Youth Work Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education Typewriting years year I year z years I semester I year 2 I I I year year All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing Srudcnt~are admirted to the Seminarp with the understanding that their studies aie to be pursued under rhe direction of the Theological Faculty. Any armngement to t a k e + part of the theological course a t another seminary must have the prior approval of ehe ThcoloRicol Faculty a t Augsburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. Expenses Seminarp students p;ry no tuition. They do, however, pay chc regular student activity fee, healrh fee and a ~enerntSeminary fee of ten dollars per semester. Unmarried Seminary smdenrs living in rhe dormitory. receive a special grant to coccr the cost of mom rent. The m9t of h a r d k the same zs for the College studears. See under Financial Information. Class Attendance A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absenc'e from classes mu& have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. Employment The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. Conditions and Incompletes A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the inwmplete may he changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is sdiciently high. Seminary Internship In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary eash student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the. in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amciunt of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee on Service. Student Activities All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel servte. During his s e r n i n a ~yean, each student is associated with a specific congregation and i4 e n c ~ u r a ~ eto d serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has mently assumed responsibility for conducting the Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the Inter-Seminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Serninettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. Graduation and Degrees The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3 . The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.y (Cf average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. See below. 5 . The prepara$on of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 1 7 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6 . A comprehensive examination, written and oril, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week af March. Written and oral examination sermons. who complete the required number of credits for graduation with an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of I.$ in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology. COURSES OF STUDY* Theological Orientation Courses Junior Yem I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical r Cr. origin of the Biblical writings. THEOLOGICAL PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and I Cr. to the whole realm of human knowledge. 4. *With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered annually for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. r. INTRODUCTION TO DOGMATICS. A preliminary study of the Ecumenical Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of I Cr. Luther. Old Testament Mu. STENSVAAG HEBREW FOR BEGINNERS.A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Offered 19 5 6-5 7.) 6 Cr. 9-10. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 1958-59.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and -the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.) 3 Cr. 13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. 14. THEPROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual 3 Cr. freedom. (Offered 1956-57.) 15. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems of life. (Ogered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. 16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr. Exilic period. (Offered 19 57-58.) 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books 2, 2 Cr. in the Old Testament. (Offered 1957-58.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics I Cr. and class discussion. (Offered 1957-58.) New Testament 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction d normal load. TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of 22. INTRODUCTION the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.) 2 3 . THE GOSPELOF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will M expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. pf Jesus' ministry. (Offered 195 6-57.) 24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.) 25. THE GOSPELOF JOHN. The purpose and special tharacteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1917-58.) 2 Cr. CHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts 26. THE JEWISHSECTIONOF THE APOSTOLIC 1-12. This will ba followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 1957-58.) 3 Cr. 27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL.A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions in English. (Offered 1958-59.) 3 fi28. INTERPRETATION OF ROMANS. Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the Christian life (chs. 12-16)will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS. In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of r Cr. Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.) OF THE REVEL.~TION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Oflered 1958-59.) 2 Cr. Church History 40. THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 Cr. 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Wered 1956-57.) 3 Cr. THE REFORMATION. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman Catholic Counter-Reformztion. (Wered 195 6-57.) 3 Cr. 42. AFTER THE REFORMATION. This course covers the period 43. THE CHURCH from the Refonnztion and up to the present time, with special emphasis on the history of ofhe Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1957-58.) 2 Cr. 44. AMERICANCHURCH HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr. is studied with special care. (Offered 1954-5 5. ) DOCTRINE.A study Of: the development 45, 46. THEHISTORYOF CHRISTIAN of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 , 2 Cr. A study of the consti47. THELUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. Systematic Theology An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY. methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1957-5 8.) 2 0. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I . THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1957-58.) 2 Cr. A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and oflice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; the order of salvation. (Wered 1958-59.) 3 Cr. AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 1958-59.) z Cr. j4, y y . CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) z, 2 Cr. A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given 56. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Wered 1957-58.) z Cr. SYMBOLICS AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study 57. CQMPARA~VE of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.) z Cr. Practical Theology All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology Go. PRINCIPLES OF PASTORAL THEOLOGY. This course, which is based on the Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of the pastoral oflice and the New Testament ministry. s Cr. 61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUAL LIFE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral 2 Cr. reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.) 62. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING. A course dealing with the dynamics underlyi3ng human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should I Cr. be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) PASTORAL TRAINING. The purpose of this course is- 'to provide an 63. CLINICAL opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. It will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a 64. EVANGELISTICS. short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions, 2 Cr. and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.) B. Homiletics 65. PRINCIPLESAND PRACTICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 2 Cr. 66. HOMILETICS. The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of 'brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation and constant pnctice in delivery. Middlers. 2 Cr. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparaltion and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers z 0. are studied. Seniors. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work 70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; otlicers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered I 95 7-58 .) 2 Cr. A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION. tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective o&ce procedures. The practice and teaching of I Cr. Christian stewardship. (Offered 1957-58.) 72. PASTORAL PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of ethics. (Offered 1956-57.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered I 95 6-57.) I Cr. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from 74. HYMNOLOGY. the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered '957-58.) I Cr. D. Christian Education and Sociology 76. METHODSOF PARISH E D U C A ~ O N Studies . in the application of basic principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used i n catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1956-57.) t Cr. 78. THE CHURCH AND HUMANSOCIETY. A study of the relation between the Christian Church and civilization and culture, and of .the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task of .the Church. The .Ecumenical Movement. 2 Cr. C H R I ~ ~ A N IATNY D SOCIALWORK. This Course is designed to give the candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, rcports, and institutional visits. 2 Cr. 79. BOARD OF TRUSTEES OfFicers of the Board REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN ............................. Vice-president Term Expires in 1956 The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisumsii Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota Banking and Insurance, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Term Expires in 1957 MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company The REV. CLARENCE J. CARLSEN, hfinneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, St. Olaf Lutheran Church Term Expires in 1958 The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL, Duluth, Minnesota Pastor, Trinity LuAeran Church MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota Term Expires in 1959 The REV. C. T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota Business Manager, Bethesda Homes MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minnesota Contractor (retired) Term Expires in 1960 MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company Advisory Members The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg College and Theological Sem~inary ADMINISTRATION BERNHARD CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preddent MARTINQUANBECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminury BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager K. BERNERDAHLEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Stdents GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women ERLWG J. URDAHL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar; Secretary of the General FacuZty MELVINA. HELLAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Faculty AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian b r u R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement FRIEDELW ~ D M A N N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer S. P.HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Field Representative, Development Fund KENNETHLOWER. . . . . .Alumni Secretary; Manager of Musical Organizations IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Supervisor of Buildings and Grounds A w o SINKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Mweum IVERB. SON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist CARL WOYU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director BORGHILDESTNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Registrar DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff:Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary, Business Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel O6ce; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrars 0 5 c e ; Vivian Isaacson, Recorder, Registrar's Ofice; Janice Sorheim, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Office; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Business Office; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Mrs. Ruth Elias, Faculty Secretary; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Violet Meyer, Secretary, Building Fund Office. Library Assistants: Mrs. Carol Carlson and John Jenson. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Edward Nyhus and Philip Nelson; Sivertsen Hall and Residence for Women, Helen Martens; Miriam House, Verniel Anderson; Morton Hall, Alice Ullescad. Su$ervisor of Hwsekeeping: Olga Hermumlie. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R. N., Nurse; Ethel Johnson, R. N., Assistant Nurse; Alice Ullestad, R. N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY ;2dministration: Christensen, Quan,beck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, Urdahl, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel. Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segohn, M i Joel. Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Bertness, Miss Pederson, Hammanberg. Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, Ozolins, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg. Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, Torstenson, Chrislock. Athletics: Soberg, E. W. Anderson, Kleven, Aldre, Savold. Social: Mrs. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Mr. Dahle, Miss Tangjerd, Thut. Studies: R. E. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, E. Nelson, Mrs. Nelson. Convocations: Helland, Colacci, Miss Lund, E. Nelson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Tomtenson, Olson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Tracher Educatim: Bertness, Thorson, Sateren, Mrs. Nelson. Religious fife: Sonnack, Ozolins, Mrs. Petersbn. (Student members also included in this committee.) Faculty C m c i l : Quanbeck, R. Anderson, Milton, Soberg, Miss Joel, -Dahle, Segolson, Sateren, Kingsley, Aldre, Torstenson, Bertness, Walton. Board-Faculty Committee: Chrislock, Miss Pederson, E. W. Anderson (Board members also included in this committee). THE FACULTY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 22; Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 922-2 5 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Gottingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg <ice 1930. President since 1938. MELW A. HELLAND, S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 19 I 9; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 192 I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. IVER B. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of. Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 Additional study: Chicago, Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-3 9; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1959-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Church History A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, &., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949. M. STENSVAAG, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor -of Old Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins, Oslo. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1942. JOHN LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 1942-53. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, I 9 5 5-. At Augsburg since 1955. WUHELM C. LINSS, S.T.B., Th.D., Lecturer in New Testament Theological School for Prisoners of War, Montpellier, France; S.T.B., Erlangen University, Germany, 1950; Th.D., Boston University, 1951. Pastoral work: 1910-52. Teaching: Boston University School of Theology, I 9 5 t-y4; Gustavus Adolphus College, 19 54-. At Augsburg since 195 5. AUGSBURG COLLEGE P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908- I o; Ellsworth College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-1952. MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, Tdlin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 19 5 I. Additimal study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. A t Augsburg since 1949. ERREST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. E. ANDERSON, A.M., Assistat Professor of Speech RAYMOND B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: M i e sota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t Augsburg since 1949. EVABAVOLAK, A.M., Instractor in Business Administration B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: M i sota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea.chers College, Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50; University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952. HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. SOC. Work, lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, 1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-38; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44 Assistant Executive Secretary, Director of Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1954. HENRYJ. BERTNESS,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Xnnesota, 1948; Ph.D., 1955. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949. ALLENBLAIR,A.M., lnstructor in Physics B.S., Hamline University, 1949; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53. Teaching: State Teachers College, Sr. Cloud, 1953-54. At Augsburg since 1954. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy J y i o r College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5I. A t Augsburg since 1952. MARIOCOLACCI, Th.D., D.Litt., AssocicEte Professor of Clamical Lunguuges Pontificium Acheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; Universiy of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campotram, Italy, 1941-49. A t Augsburg since 1952. LELANDK. DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf Colkge, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 195 2; U. S. Armed Forces, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1952. K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Asso+te Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940,Ad&tional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I ~39;Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41,U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg since 1941. IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Inst11~ctorin Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19 I 8- I 9; Iowa State Teachers College, 1919-21;Luther College, 1922-23; hfimeapolis Art Institute, 1928-30; University ef Minnesota, 1926-53.A t Augsburg since 1955. JOAN FAGERLIE,A.M., Instructor in History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1953; A.M., h e s o t a . At Augsburg since 19 5 5 . 1955. Additional study: JACKFISHER,S.M.M., Instructor in Organ B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, r948. A t Augsburg since 1955. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., Universify.of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, I 949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. CLARICEA. FYLLING,B.S., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1940;B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.Teaching: High Schml, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. At Augsburg since 1953. DARYLGIBSON, Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instrummts B.S., University of -Vlinnmta, 1934; A.M., 1941; PILD., University of Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchem, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 19.13; University of Monuna, rg47-48;Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948-52. Ae Augsburg since 1954. WILLIAM H. HALVERSON,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, I 95 I ; Th.B., Augxburg Theological Seminary, 1955. Teaching: High School, I 95 I -52. Pastor at Northfield, Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1955. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Mimesota, 1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53.At Augsburg since 1953. MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, .see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. LOIS M. HCTC~~~NCS, Ph.D., Assistant ILrofessorof Biology A.B., Mount EIolyoke College, 1927; A.M., Columbia University, 1935; l'h.D., Cornell University, 1944. Additional study: Vermont, Newark College of Engineering, Washington, Minnesota. Teaching: New York University, I 946-48; Drew University, I 948-49; Kansas Wesleyan University, 1949-52;Blackburn College, 1952-14.At Augsburg since 1954. K n w KHIN JENSEN, A.M., instructor in History A.B., University of Rangoon, Rangoon, Burma, 1947; A.M., Bucknell University, I 9 I. Additional study: University of Wisconsin. A t Aug~burg since 1955. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of: Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194146. At Augsburg since 1947. VERNE- KAUPANG,A.M., lnstrlcctor in Education A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1925; A.M., r 928. Teaching: Braham, and Minneapolis H,igh Schools. At Augsburg since 19 5 5. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Insfrucfor in Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42;O&cer, U. S. Navy, 1942-46.At Augsburg since 1955. MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner. College, Staten Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At Augsburg since I 947. 1 BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science . . rr A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5 ; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947. I Ph.D., I BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Langwrges A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I ; Universi,ty of M i ~ e s o t a ,1938-425 Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Wee of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947CARLW. LANDAWL,M.Mus., Instructor in Mmic A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; KVZMuc;,. 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwatern Schools, h h n e apolis, 195-. A t Augsburg since 1952. ROBERTE. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of M b sota, I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1946-48. At Augsburg since 1953. GERTRUDE S. LUND,A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950. BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 195I . Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since r 9 5 5. ANNE MADSEN,A.M., Instructor in Englisb A.B., University of California, Berkeley, California, 1944; A.M., University of Utah, 1949. Teaching: High Schools, 1945-46 and 19f1-54; University of U,tah, 1946-49; St. Olaf College, 1954-51. At Augsburg since 1951. JOHN MILTON, A.M., Instructor in English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. At Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50, A t Augsbufg since 1922. E ~ C.R NELSON,M-Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Fmtball and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.A t Augsburg since H ~ L F I Y. N NE~SOX, Ph.I)., Asroci~tfProfessor of H m E m i e s B.S, University o f h e s o t a , r938; M.S., r 9 e ; Ph.D., 1952. Teaching: H i ~ hSchool, 1938-42; W ~ r m Michigan Cokege, ICalamazw, 1942-44; Uni~ersiryof California, 1944-46; Iowa Starc Teachem College, Su 1948, 1949. A t Augsburg since 1951. IVERB. OLSON,A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ZETA Oswam, B.Sc., Insfmctor in Humma Anatomy B.Sc., University of Albertu, 1949. Additionat srudy: M i n n m ~Taching: Rap] Alexandra Hospital, Ednwnron, Albenn, School of Nursing, 1949$ 2 ; School of Nursing, St. -Michael's I-lospiral, Lethbridge, -Alberta, 195254. At Augsburg since 1915. KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952. Additional study: Mshnesota. At Augsburg since 1955. ANNE PEDERSON, A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 1932-44,and since 1946. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 19f3.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. M ~ QUA~WCH, R ~ PhD., Professor of Ed?~cution University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D., A&.,Aug~burgCollege, TgZ9; rgvz. High Schonl administration, Manmtitle, Minn., 1929-36. Teaching: valdorf College, 1936-38. Reghcrar, Awgsburg College, 1939-46;Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. DONALDREIMER,A.B., lnsfructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. U. S. Army, 1953-55-Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 195 5 . RODERICKROBERTSON, A.M., Instructor in Speech A.B., h e l l University, 1950; A.M., Cornell University, 1954. Additional study: Oxford University, England. Teaching: Come11 University, 1953-54; Oxford English Center, summer session, 1955. A t Augsburg since 1955. LELANDB. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Mwic A.B., Augsburg College, 193 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Comfition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), I 94I -43. Teaching: High Schml, 1935-39.Miusic Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Dirqtor, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46.At Augsburg 1941-43,and since 1946. A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Mwic A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: N o d Dakota, Minnesota. Teamchiig: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194.2-45; Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1912RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936. A t Augsburg since 1944. GEORGESOBERC,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Semkary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion JOHN M. STENSVAAG, For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. MERTONP. STROMMEN, A.M., Th.B., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.At Augsburg since 1947. WENDELLSWANSON, A.B., Instructor in Reed lnstruments A.B., University of Minnesota, 1939. Teaching: Minneapolis College of Music, 1944-.At Augsburg since 1955. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929;M.Mus., 1936.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel ColColorado State lege, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; College of Education, 1946-47.YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1947. OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolph- College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota. 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Ad,olphus College, 1947-49, 1950-1 I . Probation Ofice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science AGNESB. TANGJERD, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 193 6-3 8. A t Augsburg since 1940. A.M., Associate Professor, of English GERALDH. THOKSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia. U. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946. s. VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: Amer,ican Con$ervatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, I 945 -47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, a'nd since A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and EducaMARVINE. TRAUTWEIN, tion A.B., University of Nebraska, 193 y ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional study: H a n a r d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teachi,ng: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1953-55. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg since 1950. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. A t Augsburg since 1943. SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Prof essm of Business Administration and Economics B.S., University of htinnesota, 1947; M.B.A., H a n a r d University, 1949; Ph.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52. University of Minnesota, 1952-53. A,t Augsburg since 1953. ANDERSKVAMME,A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mdthematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Au:gsburg since 1955. GRADUATES COLLEGE, 1954 With the degree of Bachelor of Arts Aasen, E, Hildegarde . . . . . . . . . .Winger Allar, Donald J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Anderson, Donald Walter ....... Wayzata Anderson, Arthur Leroy . . ..Minneapolis Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Anderson, Theodore Wayne .- .St. Paul . Becker, Louis Oliver . . . . . .St. Louis Park Berntsen, Ruth Ann ........ .Minneapolis Blake, Shirlee Arlene . . . ..Ottawa, Ill. Botko, Witlard John . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Chilstrom, Herbert W. . . . . . . . . . Litchfield Dill, Donald John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Elk River Dorr, Ardis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor Eldal, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Garfield Erlandson, Wallace Emerson . .Minneapolis Evenson, Leland Elroy . . . . . . . . . . Hanska Fisher. George William ........ ..Morris Froiland, David C. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis Fullerton, Gerald LeRoy . . , .Minneapolis Gante, Marshall Henry . . . . . .Minneapolis Gustafson, Violet E. . . . .McGregor, N. D. Hafstad, Wallace LeRoy . . . . . . .Hawley Hamberg, Elaine Lorella .Williston, N. D. Harkman, Maryls Ann . . . . . . ..Cokato Harrison, Jean L. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Helland, Florence . . . . . . .Binford, . N. D. Hibbard, Gerald Cletus . . . ..Minneapolis Hielmeland, Selmer Jerome Williston, N. D. Hoeft, Robert Louis . . . . . . . . . . . .Shafer Holmberg, Richard Daniel . . .Minneapolis Huglen, Erling S. 8. . . . . .Newfolden Hushagen, Orpha L. A. . . . . . . ..Gonvick Ingman, Robert C. Isaacson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis . . . . . . - - . ..St. Paul . . . ..Minneapolis Jacobson, Luther H. Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . .Rosemount Johnson, Marcellus L. Newman Grove, Neb. Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis .Minneapolis Johnson, Richard Jerome .. Kleven, Lowell H. .Blanchardville. Wis. Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Knutson, Maryan Alberta . . .Granite Falls Kylla, Valborg Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyan Langseth, Robert Vern . . .Argusville, N. D. Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena Larsson, Kentan Dale . . . . . ..Taylors Falls Lodahl, Helen M. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont. Lusk, George W. ............ .St. Paul Lyngdal, Colette M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Marquardt, William G. . . . . . . . St. Paul Mathiason, Alan . . . . . . . . . .Warthington Mattison, Robert T. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian Mickelberg, E. D. . . . . . Onalaska, Wis. Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Myhre, Richard Thomas . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Gordon Arlen ...... .Minneapolis Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . . . ..Ellendale Nelson, Marion Jane . . . . . . .Minneapolis Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis Norum, Donald Allan .......... .Hallock ~ y $ u s , Edward Obert . Cumberland, Wis. Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Can. Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . Olson, Julian Richard . . Oudol, Yvonne Maureen .Racine, Wis. . . . Minneapolis . . .Minneapolis Parkhurst, Milford Charles. .Mondovi, Wis. Patterson, Robert James . . . . . . . . . Lucan Peterson, Lloyd Evans . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . Excelsior Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . Alvarado Pousi, Ruth Miriam . . . . . . . Dossel Pribble, Fred C. . . , . . . . . . . . ..Austin Reimer, Donna Erickson . . . . . . Duluth Reinertson, Arlene Kathryn . . .Moorhead Robertorye, Paulette . .Whitefish, Mont. Rolf, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Ronningen, Morlene Ann . . .Carpio, N. D. Rust, Gary Roger . . . . . .Harwood, N. D. Saari, Corwyn Jane . . . . . .Minneapolis Sandness, Albert J. Jr. LaMoure, N. D. Sandquist, Shirley Kathryn . . .Cambridge Seaver, John Edson . . . . . . Minneapolis Sevold, Raymond Hove . . . . . Minneapolis Shiell, James Lester . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman Siege!, David Howard . . . . Minneapolis Skogen, Clyde Lester . . . . . . . . . .Isle Skovholt, Ardelle Elaine Mooreton, N. D. Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . Williston, N. D. Sonsteng, Ruth . . . . . . . . .Salol Sorenson, James Arthur . . . . Eleva, Wis. Strande, Nels A. D. , . Braoten Thoreson, Allan Robert . . . . . . . . .Peterson Thorson, Arthur William . . New Brighton Tjornhom, Barbaro Lou . . . . . . . . .St. Paul . . Minneapolis Trelstad, Jerome Conley Twiton, Robert E. . . . . .Sun Prairie, Wis. Undseth, Morvin Sylvester . . .Minneapolis Vick, Oliver Karl . . . . . Spring Grove Walker, Marilyn Kvam . . . . . .Minneapolis Warner, Ruth Elaine . . . . . . .Duluth Westphal, Joanne Carolyn . . Madelia COLLEGE, 1955 With t h e degree of Bachelor of Arts Aho, Arnold Duane ... .Minneapolis Amundson, Robert Edward . .Minneapolis .Minneapolis Andersen, Sam C. . . . Anderson, Curtis M. . . . . . . ..Bruno Anderson, Donna Louise .Argyle, Wis. Anderson, James W. . . . Minneapolis Benson, John E. Berge, Mavis S. . . . Bodin, Wesley James Bosmoe, Valborg Jean Bouchard, Janet A. Bremseth, Janice M. Briggs, Walter C. . . Milwaukee, Wis. Lansebora Minneapolis Pierpont, S. D. Minneapolis Minneapolis Minneapolis Coviness, David C.. Dahlin, Maxine M. Danger, Mary Jean Drake, Spencer Ralph Dronen, Richard Arlen Egertson, Darrell J. Eide, Delores Mae Minneapolis . .Cokato Krueger, Wallace T. Kvamme, Anders . . . . .Minneapolis Voss, Norway Larson, Audrey Virginia . . Robbinsdale Lelvis, Patricia Marie . Chatham, Mich. Lunow, Arthur Alan . . . . . .St. Louis Park . . . . Dalton Maeland, Arnulf Julius Magnuson, Albert Carl Mahre, Richard A. . Martinsen, Ralph W. Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . Mulliken, John Kitredge . Minneapolis Nelson, Lennart Dean Nelson, Philip A. ... Omdahl, .Minneapolis Minneapolis Minneapolis . . . Dawson . . St. Paul . . . .Madelia Beverly F. . . . . . . . Fosston .Stanchfield . .Minneapolis Minneapolis .. , Minneapolis Minneapolis Pauluk, George . . . . Peterson, Clinton Jerome . . Minneapolis Jackson Quanbeck, Paul Martin . . . . Minneapolis Roesler, William Arnold . . . . . .St. Paul Holling, Beverly J. Minneapolis Sather, Dayne W. Northwood, N. D. Halvorson, Arvin H. Galesburg, N. D. Skoar, David Wayne . . . . . . .Rockfard, Ill. Halvorson, Helen A. Galesburg, N. D. Hanson, James Edward Minneapolis Skjerseth, Donald . Brocket, N. D. Honson, Lee David Long Prairie Sneitzer, Robert F. . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Hanson, Wallace Leonard Waseca Kandiyohi Soderberg, LaYonne Anita . Helland, Rachel E. Thief River Falls Steinbrecher, Woyne G. . Minneapolis Heng, Rolf 0. Minneapolis Stensrud, Richord H. . . Minneapolis Henjum, Raymond Harris Hoffman Strandlie, Wenona : , . . . . . Benson Herman, Robert Marvin Minneopolis Holcombe, Thomas Earl M~nneapolis Thompson, Agnes Elaine .Minneapolis Thoreson, Wayne Laverne Peterson Jenson, John Richard Minneopolis Twedt, Agnes S. . . . . . . . McHenry, N. D. Jorgensen, Beverly Mae Delano Tweet, Agnes Marie . Tunbridge, N. D. Kohls, Allan J.' Minneapolis Wes?, Kenneth W. , Maple Park, Ill. SEMINARY, 1954 With the degree of Bachelor of Theology Berkland, Theodore A. . . Minneapolis Christopherson, James E. Valley City, N. D. Erickson, Stanley R. . . . . . Minneapolis . Kollevig, Lloyd C. Storley, Calvin . '. Vaagenes, Morris G. . . . .Willmar Roslyn, S. D. Minneapolis With the degree of Graduate in Theology Gudim, Milo D. . Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . Mc Ville, N. D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Soli, John . .... . Minneapolis SEMINARY, 1955 With the degree of Bachelor of Theology Anenson, LeRoy H. Halverson, William H. Johnson, Morris .. .Minneapolis Minneapolis Racine, Wis. Rokke, David Thorpe, Gordon Minneapolis Aniwa, Wis. With the degree of Graduate in Theology Dahle, Norman A. Oman, Lyman . . Swonson, Edward E. . . , . . . Aitkin Amery, Wis. .Minneapolis Underbakke, Leland Vaagenes, Carl . Minneapolis Minneapolis STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1954-1 955 College First Semester Class Eqen Women Second Semester Total Men Women Senior . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . Sophomore . . . Freshman . . . . . Special ...... Pr. Nurse (S. H.) . Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) Total Total College Enrollment, 1954-1 955 Class Men .. Senior . Junior . . . Sophomore . Freshman . , Special . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) - Total 44 1 Women Total - - 364 805 Theological Seminary, 1 954-1 955 Semester I Men Third Year Second Year First Year Special . Total Semester II Men Total Men Total TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1954-1955 COLLEGE Men Students . Women Students Total ... , , , , , SEMINARY Men Students . . Women Students , Total . . . . . . , , , , . , , , , , , . , . , . , . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , , , , , .. ............... .. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... , STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956 College Second Semesbr First Semester Men Class Women Total Men Senior . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . Freshman . . . Speciol . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) Total Total College Enrollment, 1955-1956 Men . . . . Senior Junior ....... Sophomore . . ... Freshman Special . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) Fr. Nurse (D. H.) Jr. Nurse (D. H.) Total 495 Women 386 Total Women Total Theological Seminary, 1 955-1956 Semester I Msn Men Third Year ......... 6 Second Year . . . . . . . . . 10 11 First Year . . . . . . . . . . Special ............1 Total .............. Total Semester II Men 6 6 10 11 10 11 1 - - 27 28 28 TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956 COLLEGE Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . ...... ................................. SEMINARY Men Students . Women Students ....................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ Total Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once SUMMARY OF GRADUATES SEMINARY Graduates-1870-1953 .. Graduotes-1954 .. Graduates-1955 Total . . . . . . . . . 629 . ................ , , , , , , , ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 10 648 COLLEGE Total Total Graduates 21 12 2760 INDEX Page Academic. Administration . . . . . . 33 Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . 16 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Admission. College . . . . . . . . . 33 Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 94 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 . Administrotive Staff . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 34 Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Alumni Association. The . . . . . . . . . 10 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 71 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . 21 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . 12 Augsburg Foundation. The . . . . . . . 10 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 32 . Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 70 Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 86 Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . 14 Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1M Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Business Administration. Curriculum . 46 Business Administration. Economics. and Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 80 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..30 70 Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70 Christian Education and Sociology . . 103 Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . 100 Classical Languages. Department of . . 59 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Clubs 29 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . .106 38 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents, Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9 Control, Financial Support and . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22. Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . 53 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 53 . 42 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . Debate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30. Deficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . .. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . 64 34 39 50 Page Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..11. 26 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . 41 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . 54 Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29. 64 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Educational Plant . . . . . . . 10 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Elimination of Students . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . . 20. 26 Employment Service Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 50 E.nglish. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 60 English Proficienq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Entrance Requirements. College . . 33 Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .37. 38 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . ..14. 16. 95 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . -107 Fees ................... 15 17 Financial Assistance . . . . . . Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Support and Control 9 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . 10 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 . . . 7 Fundamental Aims . General Information . . . . . . 5 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 German. Department of . . . . . . . 65 Grade Values .............. 38 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Graduates-(1 870-1955)' Summary of 120 Graduation Requirements. College . . 39 Grants-inuid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 . . . 91 Health and Physical Education Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 98 Hebrew High School Teaching. Curriculum . . 44 Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Home Economics. Department of . . . . 83 Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . 45 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . 38. 40 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.41 . . . . . . -13 Hospital Affiliation Housing . . . . . . . . 26 P&s ......... 59 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intercollegiate Activities. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Humanities. Division of the Journalism ....................... 31 63 Lower Division Requirements ........ 39 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . 12 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Law. Pre-Low Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Library 12 Library Science ................... 79 Loan Funds ...................... 17 Location . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . ..5, 123 Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70 Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . 90 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . .13. 48 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . 51 Membership in Educational Associations 9 Ministry. Preparation for the . . . . .42. 95 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Missionary Work. preparation for . . . 43 Museum. The ..................... 1 1 Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Music. Organizations .......... .30. 70 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Testament (Seminary) Norwegion. Courses in .......... Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of ...... .... Old Testament (Seminary) ....... Oratory ..................... .30. 64 Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Organizations. Student ............ 29 Orientation ................... .25, 77 Parish Work. Preparotion for ....... 43 Pastoral Theology ................. 101 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Personnel Services. Student 23 Philosophy. Department of .......... 57 Physical Education. Department of Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Physical Sciences. Department of ..... 87 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Piano ........................... 70 Placement Service for Graduates 26 Plant 10 Political Science 74 Polity, Worship. and Parish Work ..-102 Practical Theology ................ 101 ......... ..... ........................... ................... p w 95 18 rre-seminary Curriculum ........ 4 2 Prizes. Scholarships and ............ Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purpose ......................... * 76 28 5' ............. Recreational Activities 22 Records . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Registration, Change of 35 Religion and Philosophy, Division of . . 55 Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . ., 41 Eomance Languages, Department of .. 67 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 ............ .. Scandinavian Language and Literature 66 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Secretarial Work Curriculum ........ 52 Seminary. Admission .............. 94 Seminary. Faculty .................107 Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 97 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .14. 95 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 97 Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . 22 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . Social Sciences. Division of the ..... Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Programs of Study . . . . . , . . Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . Student Activities, Coordination of . . Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . Student Government 27 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 23 Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ............... Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . .44. 77 Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 37 Theology. College Preparation' for 42. 95 Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 97 Theological Seminary. Augsburg 94 Transfer and Advanced Standing 34. 95 Trustees. Board of ................ 104 Tuition and Fees 14. 15 .... .............. University Courses ................ Upper Division Requirements ........ 40 ............. Veterans. Admission of 34 Voice ........................... 71 Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with administrative offices located in Science Hall on Seventh Street at Twenty-first Avenue South. The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines: 1. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin 2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside 3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue 4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue Main Switchboard-Science Hall * , * * Hours: Monday through Friday-7:55 Saturday-8:30 Dormitories Memorial Hall: - , , . , , , a.m. to 5:00 p.m. a.m. to 12:30 p.m. . . . Alpha House ............................................................................... Beta House EE 8.0501 F ............ 3.9143 3.9052 Gamma House ................................................................................ I ? 3.91 12 Delta House .................................................................................... FE 2,9949 Miriam House -FE 2.9229 Morton Hall ....................................................................................E 2.9590 Residence for Women .......................................................................... E 2-9161 Library ...................................................................................................... E 8.0505 Health Office ......................................................................................... E 6.2468 ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and requirements for admission. OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information for admission to the Theological Seminary. and requests SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY EVALUATION OF CREDITS--Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students. OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life. DEAN OF STUDENTS For information that does not appear to be covered above AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota - CALENDAR 1956 1957 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 21 . . . . . . JANUARY S M T W T F S .... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . . . NOVEMBER .... ,... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . DECEMBER ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23 24 25-26 27 28 29 30 31 . .', . . . . . . . . MARCH ............ FEBRUARY JUNE .........- 1 2 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 27 28 8 15 22 .. 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 APRIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . 4 11 18 25 .. 1957 NOVEMBER JANUARY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 0 3 1 . . FEBRUARY ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 .. 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 ............ JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 31 AUGUST . . . . . . . . -1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 .. ...... 1 8 15 22 29 MAY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 .. JUNE ............ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12131415 16 17 18. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . JULY .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 28 29 30 31 . . . . . . .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 ........ 1 2 3 7 8 14 15 21 22 28 29 4 11 18 25 ...... MARCH 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 1 8 15 22 29 DECEMBER 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 . . . . . . 7 14 21 28 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 2 7 2 8 ............ 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . . . . . . . OCTOBER .... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13141516171819 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . . . .......... 9 16 23 .. .......... 1 2 3 10 17 24 MAY S M T W T F S ...... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26 27 28 29 30 31 . . ............ 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 6 7 12 13 14 192021 26 2 7 2 8 ............ APRIL .. 9 16 23 30 10 17 24 .. 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 ...... ...... AUGUST 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 9 16 23 30 10 17 24 31 A
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1984-1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ............................................ 2 Admissions .............................................. 6 Costs and Financial Policies............... 10 Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17 Student Life ........................................... 24 Academic Information...........
Show more ............................................ 2 Admissions .............................................. 6 Costs and Financial Policies............... 10 Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17 Student Life ........................................... 24 Academic Information......................... 30 Introduction Departments and Course ...................................... 47 Registers .............................................. 141 Index .................................................... 149 Communications Directory............... 151 Academic Calendars.......................... 152 Request for Information ................... 153 Campus Map............. Inside Back Cover Descriptions AUGSBURC COLLE.C E Catalog 1984-86 USPS #490-310 Volume 115. Number 3 Fall 1984 Published four times a year in Spring. Summer. Fall. and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. M N. Second Class postage paid at Minneapolis. Minnesota. O l d Main, on the National Register of Historic Places, recalls Augsburg's heritageas the first U.S. school founded to train pastors t o serve Norwegian immigrants. [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts colleges combine t h e excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with t h e smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is o n e of t h e few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in t h e Mission Statement adopted by t h e Faculty and t h e Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness t o the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College i s to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Augsburg College is known for its people, who strive t o be a supportive, informal and free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing students with a broad background in a variety of subject areas as well as encouraging personal development. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a continued goal of the college. Augsburg College: Challenges students with a portion of the knowledge and thought which has been formative within human history and culture through a wide variety of ideas, disciplines and selected professional and pre-professional programs; Assists students in developing intellectual skills as well as in selecting a career; Encourages within students the attitudes and skills necessary t o prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Education at Augsburg is based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian community the college embraces a wide range of religious expression and participation. As part of its academic program Augsburg seeks t o give all its students an informed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition t o this intellectual task the aim of the college is t o help students understand the Christian faith as relevant for their own experience and for participation in the commitment to the role of the Christian community in the modern world. Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by its location. The college i s also aware that it has a responsibility t o contribute t o the larger community. In doing this, the college directs several of its programs specifically at the metropolitan setting, provides areas of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers itself as an educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved t o Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with The American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Continuing ties with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of the original sign for Old Main. From Fjord to Freeway, a candid history of the College and its people during the first 100 years, by Augsburg's Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore. Location and Campus Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and t w o of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or o n bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service t o MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport include American, Capitol, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies I t i s the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators who are listed in the Communications Directory (page 151) or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles o n Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council, and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (19001 is home for the Foreign Langua e and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artrnents. Extensively remodgelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with arc!itectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Pfaces. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Cerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 321 students. tach$= is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, ~ u d and y utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978) newest buildin on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music5ibraries, practice studios and offices forthe musicfaculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Halt, (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, providesfacilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes, Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Students meet at the kiosk, in the " Q u a d [ P h o t o by Scott Stensrud) Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, sex, age, disability, and national or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office staff members are available to help students and parents with college planning. The Admissions Office is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitors are asked to write or call the Admissions Office (612) 330-1001 prior to the visit. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required t o submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish t o accelerate their educational program may by granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission t o the College, is sometimes necessary. For example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission t o the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. A student who has attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) In some circumstances, a person may be admitted as a special student (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually a parttime student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission t o Augsburg two months prior t o the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall, November 1 for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. I r I _C1- .? - logging along the [Mississippi) River Road is an activity shared by students, faculty and staff [Photo by john Louis Anderson] Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from the American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1984-85 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1984-85 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right t o adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ....................................................................$5,560.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1984. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course .....................................................775.00 This rate applies t o students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/ or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ...............................................390.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ................................................................. 1,210.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ...................................................................... 1,180.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,140.00; the point plan is $920.00. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) Late Registration (per day after classes begin) Registration Change after firsi 5 days (Canceljaddlchange grade option, or combination at one time) ................................ ........................................... $ 5.00 ..................... 10.00 Introduction to Cinema Arts Life Drawing (See lnterim Catalog for fee) Medical Technology (Senior Fee) 5.00 35.00 Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) 390.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) 150.00 Class, per semester .................... 50.00 Radio-Television Production 10.00 Theater Technical Production 35.00 ..................... ............................. Student Teaching (per course) Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) .................. 15.00 125.00 ................................ 775.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests .......................... 40.00 5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........... ..................... .. Student Parking Lot Permit ........... Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............. special Examinations (schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 20.00 2.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $200 - 250 per year. Deposits Enrollment (non-refundable) ...................................................................... $00.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited t o the student's account when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage ..........................................................................................100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, t o reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due t o late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1 for Fall semester or January 1 for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent t o the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter. (4) 10-month Payment Plan - upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 participation fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts 'which are current. An application will be sent upon request. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student LoansNDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according t o established repayment schedules. Refunds Withdrawal from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 700% 40% 80?b 7'0% - through the first five da s of clasm. - from the sixth through 7&h dav of classes. - from t h e I f th through 15th day of classes. - from The 76th throu h 20th dav of classes. 600~1- from the 21st fhrau$ 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day o: classes thmugh the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student i s forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or t o graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied t o the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may well be one of the more significant investments that an individual or a family will make in an entire lifetime. Because this is the case, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized in paying the related expenses. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to help provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary and advisory, that will protect access t o a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1983-84 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $5,800,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. r 0 -= n =a Q 1 =. I ne amount or assistance Tor wnlcn a stuaent IS ellglDle IS aetermlnea wltn tne help and analysis of the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. < How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission t o Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (EFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it t o the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. (To be considered, use code 6500.) Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three t o four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. I 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish t o complete the Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissions Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after prior calendar year income information is available. This is after January 1 but before March 15. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS). Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged t o investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships - Full tuition Presidents Scholarships and half tuition College Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. Because this is a unified program, full tuition or half tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and the limit of the award. The award is renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and half tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded for each fall to the most academically qualified full-time students who are direct transfers t o Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due March 15. Lutheran Transfer Scholarhips - Up to seven scholarships are awarded for each fall to full-time students who have completed the A.A. or A.S. degree at a Lutheran junior college and are direct transfers to Augsburg College without further coursework at another institution. Awards of $500 are based on academic merit and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due May 15. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available t o students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up t o full tuition and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1984-85, they range from $100 to $3407. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1984-85 is $1900 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent t o the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of lndian Affairs/Tribal and lndian State Scholarships - American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. Students must be '/4 degree lndian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - JointAugsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $6,000. Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Beginning with loans for school periods starting September 13, 1983 and after, simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2500 per year with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $12,500. Applications are available at the college, some banks, and the Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program t o help parents meet college costs. Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $15,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a simple interest rate of 12% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. A l l on-campus w o r k is governed b y policies stipulated i n t h e w o r k contract issued t o t h e student employee f o r each placement. Payment is made monthly b y check t o t h e student employee. College W o r k Study Program and Minnesota State W o r k Study Program - Under these programs t h e federal o r state government supplies funds o n a matching basis w i t h t h e College t o provide some part-time w o r k opportunities. A i d Association f o r Lutherans W o r k Service Program - A special program of offcampus placement i n Lutheran congregations, w i t h w o r k assignments made at t h e discretion of t h e congregation, which will support t h e life and mission of t h e congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by t h e Student Affairs Committee unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of t h e department involved. Descriptions o f awards are f r o m statements 03 t h e donors' wishes. 'Indicates endowed scholarships General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships - a number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. JohnG.Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - awarded annually to freshmen students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest of John C.Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship' - awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded annually to able and deserving upperclassstudents who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. Grace Jewellensen Buster Memorial Scholarshtp' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chrnese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. EstabYished in 1983 by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel JensenBuster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to able and desewing student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* - one or more ~holarshipsare awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979 by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David 1. Fomo, 1464 alumnus. Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarhip* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Crace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to women students transferring from Waldorf College, with preferencegiven to those in music andJorelementary education. Established in 1975 in memory of Catha Jones, 1970 alumna, by her parents, Mr.and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a senior student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1977 to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who sewed his fellow men with humanity and wisdom. Minority Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. The American Indian Achievement Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to an American Indian upperclass student(s) who has a cumulative gtrade point averageof 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984 by The Hearst Foundation. Homecoming Auction Scholarships - awarded annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who have demonstrated ability to facilitate discussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her servtce to students. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - members of American racial and ethnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college O R are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memor~al Scholarship' - awarded perlodlcally to a tllack American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys JohnsonSimengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* - available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparingfor the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship' - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Cerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarhip* - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarhip' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan I. 0. Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister as welt as his scholarly research and pioneer rhought concerningthe Apostle Paul's traditionally rnlsundemtood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal statcs for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church. Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserv~ngjunior/sentor student recommended by the scholarhip committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by the donor, the Rev. Caivin 1. Storley. Established in 1965 to honor the memory of Marguerite Hamilton Storley and her interest and concern in the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund' - awarded annually to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris C. C. Vaagenes. 04 1 Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown Prince Harald Scboiarship - Established by authorization d the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Nomay. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge-Amerika Fareningen. The Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. AugustMolder Memorial A r t Sctlofarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students majoring In art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of Awgun Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Allen Russel Olson Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an uperclass student(s) majoring in Studio Arts, on the basis of need and artistic excellence. Established in 1984 by the family and Albert Hoffmeyer and friends, to honor the memory of Allen Russel Olson, an alumnus who was an accomplished artist, designer, photographer and writer. Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) partic~patingin the Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a taIented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and desewing male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memarial Scholar5hip' - Awarded annually to two or more students,,participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or high Chr~st~an character. The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference In basketball. Established in 3975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, CaroI, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Row lordan Memorial Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annuaIly to uppercIass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Edablished in 1980 by the William Jordanand Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Adrninistration/Econornics Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* - Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassedwithin the Department of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Reid Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education as a career. Established in 1970 by Harvey T. Reid. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemistry Scholarshipsa -Awarded annually to junior and senior fludents whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Mablished in 1968 by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald A!dre Dr. W. M. Sandstram Carl Fosse Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen MinnesotaMiningand Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 7984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship' - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pedcrmn English Sfhoiarship" -Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majonng in English, with preference given to those who ptan to teach English as a career. â¬stabtished in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingley Modern Language Scholarship' - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach languag. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. fl N 1 Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to upperclass ijtudent(s) preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards*devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Efsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship- Awarded annually t o a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness. - 1 I I H. N. Hendricksan History Scholarship" Awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given t o thwe who plan a career in the field, Established in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrirksan, professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952. Library Science Library Science Scholarship - Established in 1972 by library and library science instructional staffs to honor junior or senior students intending to enter the library profession. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies - Joel and Franc= Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs' One or more schola~hipsare awarded annually t o upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsbtlrg's Mission Statement relating to the Colfege's urban invofvernent. Established In 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends t o honor the setvice and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked ability in their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies. - Awarded annually to two or more students parDavid Gronner Memorial Schlarship' ticipating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. EtheI Cronner in memory of David Cronner, Augsburg College alumnus. demonstrated proficiency inchoral and/or instrumental rhusic,.interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I. Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* -Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 0. Norberg Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg t o honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship' - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior PerformanceScholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solbwg Voice kholatrhip' - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 7955 by her parents, Mr. and ME. lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore I. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. Scandinavian Studies - lver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship' Awarded annually to an upperclass studentls) with academic ab~liy,in the punuit of a degree with concentration in Scandinawan languages, literature, liistorj and/or culture. Established in 7983 by their children and their [amities and friends te honor lver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph PauIson Memorial Prize' - Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 7936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. 'Day in May'is a traditional break before final exams Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are an important part of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to your education. Campus Ministry As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth i s evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students t o explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday t o give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged t o gradually change and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consulation or information on ways to get more involved in the campus ministry. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring, except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, student-operated non-profit radio station sewing the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. P4 ,1 a Fine Arts There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available t o cover the entire range of musical styles and previous muscial experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division Ill. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track & field, and softball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are sewed by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of Augsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act as a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of sewices to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to your many questions about college life. ., Career Plannine and Placement. You mav be uncertain about where vou want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporary, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available t o help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care and housing, input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month, contact with the AfricanAmerican Museum of Art, and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. I*I The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. r Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the lnternational Student Adviser helps t o orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as to discuss personal concerns with individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Zeta House is a spedal interst house for sophomores, juniors or seniors interested in living in a chernicalIy-free environment, Residents have either successfully completed chemical dependency treatment, are interested in chemical dependency issues, or simply desire to live in a house free of alcohol and drugs. A chemicallyfree section of Urness Tower is available for freshmen. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try graup living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i5to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impart proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in mai-ters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by audents and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identifv appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letter5 and statements placed in the record before January 7, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on page 151. - - George Sverdrup Library is a favorite place to study [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide students with a broad liberal arts background - in the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major study in one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns, and to have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. General recreational activities courses acquaint students with and equip them for lifetime spons. Courses in religion assist in reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through study of its beliefs, scripture, and mission. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees, The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded t o graduates with majors in Music Performance. Majars in Music Education are awarded the B.M. or B.A. degree. Graduates with majors in athw fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a +week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). january Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty t o employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, there are a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many lnterim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 15.9 to 1. Faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, with further information in the Augsburg College Faculty section of the Registers. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other tocat sources of information, Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings i s available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with numerous terminals at several campus locations. The College also has numerous microcomputers, including Apple Il's, CDC '110'5, Osborne 1's KIM-1 laboratory micr~computers,and a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer. Augsburg also has access to Farge computers through the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Kenneth N. Erickson (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Roberta Metzler (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administratian (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 (B.S.) Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.A. or B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts It is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting t o teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed t o meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan t o enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field t o assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2 courses; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - This program provides a course of study which enables students to com~leteintroductorv core reauirements in mathematics. science and the libe'ral art; necessary for e&ineerini Some students in the prigram choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student t o earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students planning t o pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, t o help determine whether they posess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for premedical students. Both require CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125; and PHY 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353, 361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires BIO 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 476), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed t o meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires a year of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111, 112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 122; ENG 111 and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect t o participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Fairview Deaconess Hospital Affiliation - Students in the Fairview Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing receive instruction in biology, chemistry and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission should be made directly to the hospital. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universitiesin Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of internationalexperience are available to Awgsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise t o apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes t o participate in an international program. The deadline is March 1 of the preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo), the South American Urban Semester (Bogota), or the Literature Ideology, and Society in Latin America. All are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. lnterim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity t o spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-International Business. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month livingllearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships t o enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad o n a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University o f Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and distinctive course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, social events and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Progmm. Inquiries should be addressed t o Dr. Diane Pike, Honors Director. Internships and Cooperative Education I I These are college-wide programs that provide students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Placements are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. For further information, contact Patricia Anne Parker, Associate Academic Dean, for internships, or Garry W. Hesser, Director of Cooperative Education. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited t o selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (concentrations in management, marketing, finance, accounting, and management information systems), Communication (concentrations in public relations/advertising, human relations and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses,both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburgs continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office t o petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar - Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230, for lnterim Summer School Office - Memorial 230, for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329, for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. * 3 = 0 - .-t! A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. -5 ' .j tu 3 1 . U Q) Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 4 1 All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior t o the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incomp l e t e ~or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not moreahan 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study; 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1 in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. / 2'2. Completion of a major. ,Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.( -\ 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department-of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts (devoted t o the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three -approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg, Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 t o 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0, Students are cautioned t o use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Cemin courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wFsh t o use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice or grading system must be made accarding to dares published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the caw of extreme emergency. 60 receive it, a studerrt must file a petition with the Carnrnittee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission i s granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. If X is given, the course must be registered for as 1X in the following term in order that credit and a grade may be assigned. A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit 0.Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term t o determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed t o the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, i s appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is relevant t o coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by The College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students t o use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department t o administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request t o take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related t o the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish t o prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's prev?ouslearning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition t o the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied t o the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied t o graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response t o a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes t o sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent t o the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 t o 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up t o but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Some departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. A student who registers for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course t o receive the final grade. bruaenrs lnreresrea In reglsrerlng ror alrectea or rnaepenaent stuay must rlrst secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on th.eir home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Students use computers for many courses [Photos by john Louis Anderson] - At Augsburg, a business major can take an art class [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Departments, Course Descriptions Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, students should consult the instructors. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numberin % Courses num ered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s areprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art (ART) Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman D. Holen, Dorothy J . Williamson Majors in Studio Art, Art History and Teaching Ucensure are taught by a faculty committed t o teaching, creativity and research in the field. Among the programs available are departmental honors, art exhibitions, independent study and internships in museum and gallery work, communications, graphic design and cornmunrty cultural arts. Facilities include large work areas; t w o exhibition galleries, an art history slide library, a curatorial room and a stained glass studio. Students are encouraged t o acquire broad experience in general education along with a wide variety of art studies and one or more selected areas of concentration. Studio Art Major: 9-1 3 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118, 223, 360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221, 250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio o n approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102, 107, 225; Studio 118, 132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in t w o areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102, 107 o r 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majam: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development andlor special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made t o the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. U p t o four courses may b e taken i n one studio area or i n art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world d n g . Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring d e i g n problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 jewelry An introduction to-the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (On Demand) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring 1985) 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Spring 1985) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Fall 1984) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th centurv art and its relations hi^ to Eurooean art as well as indieenous " movements. (Alternate years, 1985-86) Biology (BIO) Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud The department offers programs to equip students for graduate and professional study as well as for a variety of career opportunities presently available t o the biologist. Complementing the course offerings, the department possesses an impressive array of sophisticated laboratory instruments including a gas chromatograph, a scintillation counter, and an electron microscope. and faculty t o have access t o extensive library and research facilities and seminars discussing the frontiers of biological research. Major - Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351, 353, 361, 481; (11) 355, 473, 474; (111) 440, 471, 476; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351, 353; (11) 355, 474; (111) 361, 481; (IV) 471, 473; M 440, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 7061, 351 and 352, Students who plan t o teach in secondary schaols ohen s e t m this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-112 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or consent of instructor; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our wciety must deal? What threats are posed by poilution, the prospect of war. and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 109 and concurrent registration in CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor) 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Aup5burg'~Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted aff campus with community pmpfe taking the course together with college students in a ca-fearning mode[. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111, 112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, 1985-86) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 lnternship Upper division internship. 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103 or 122 orconsent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & tconomlcs Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, Walter Anastas, James E. Billings, John Cerrito, John Cosgrove, Anne Fosse, Satya Gupta, Gary Hovind, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy H. LaFayette, Thomas Morgan, Mohammed Nouri, Edward M. Sabella The department is committed t o developing within t h e student a blend o f theoretical and practical tools necessary f o r successful entry and advancement i n the business and academic communities. T o this end, t h e department affords specialization i n a variety of areas including: Accounting, Economics, Finance, International Business, Management, M a n a g e m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n Systems, a n d Marketing. Each o f these areas is dependent u p o n a strong foundation i n the liberal arts w i t h an emphasis o n solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing t h e occupational realities of t h e business and economic disciplines, t h e department is equally c o m m i t t e d t o m a i n t a i n i n g a n application o r i e n t e d balance. This is achieved i n part b y fostering close ties w i t h t h e corporate community, which i n t u r n provides a wealth of practical expertise and a w i d e variety o f internship opportunities as well as future j o b prospects. W e believe w e can best serve b o t h t h e community and t h e student b y providing training that is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration (BUS) Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262, 263,379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers i n accounting, completion of the t w o remaining courses i n the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262,373, 379, 478, and one from 381, 382, 483); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. ECO 392, MAT 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,445); PHI 120; PSY 371,373; SOC 241 and 375 or 383; SPC 111 or ENG 223; SPC 354 or 355. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 145, 250, 261, 375, 475,479); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 340 or 445,379); MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124); 4 Computer Science courses (240, 340, 350, 352). Major i n Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); PHI 120; SPC 351 or 352 and also 353. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n lnternational Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102,131, 135,261 and 399 or 499 and t w o from 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122, 123, 379); POL 160; 3 language courses (or demonstrated proficiency) from one of the following: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated with the foreign language courses) from 103, 104, 222, 322, 323, 324, 331, 332, 440, 474; 8 lnternational Core courses, including internship or independent study. Core courses must be taken abroad. Exceptions may be permitted with department approval. General descriptions follow. Students who plan t o major i n lnternational Business should contact the department's international adviser, Amin Kader, as soon as possible t o carefully plan their program of study. lnternational Core Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysis and sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations - The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational Core Courses - 3 t o be Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. international Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economic aspects of economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments xene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments nn the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor i n Business Administration: 6 courses, including 101, 102, and one of 261, 373, 379,478 and one of 262, 379, 381; ECO 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. M i n o r i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 courses, including 101, 250, 261,375,475; ECO 123; MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124; CSC 240). C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior t o fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accounting and business law courses offered. Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition t o the courses listed below, these have been offered under BUS 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. - 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Fall) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 250 Data Processing, COBOL and FORTRAN An introduction to COBOL and FORTRAN programming. 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 102) 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: 101, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II A continuation of lntermediate Accounting I.An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and stockholders' equities. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: 135, Spring) 340 Personnel Administration Personnelfunction in business, acquisition and utilizationof human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: 145 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 375 lnforrnation Systems in the Organization Design and implementation of organizational structure and structural change. An informational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision making and task systems. (Prereq.: 250) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship . Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: 330, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, Randards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: 145, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical &ode1 of information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation. 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the riskireturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 479 lntermedlate quantltatlve Methods tor Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statis~icalresearch methods through use of the eledronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: 379 or equivalent, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. On demand) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with me~mbersof the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Economics (ECO) Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); BUS 101, 102, 379; MAT 114. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. I n addition, courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Applied Economics: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division); BUS 101,102,379,479; PHI 130; MAT 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. MAT 211 is strongly recommended. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The student is strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. Combined Major i n Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one upper division). Courses i n data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 i n the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. Minor i n Economics: 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted o n consultation w i t h t h e department chairperson. Notes: In addition t o the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser: as soon as possible in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population ""Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors.) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 123 or 120. 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 122 or 120.122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: 123, BUS 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: 251, 258 and at least MAT 122 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: BUS 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry (CHM) Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted The goal of the department is to have our students develop into better scientists. Therefore, significant changes must occur in what they understand and know in the field of chemistry, how they think and approach scientific problems, and how they act in experimental work, in communicating their results, and in interacting with others. The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society, which has approved its total program. Students who complete the ACS major are competitive with their peers of the same ability in graduate school, chemical positions, or medical school. The approved program also meets the requirements for the chemistry background required by many related fields. The department provides opportunity for widening students' intellectual horizons, for developing insight into a field of science for non-majors, and for learning in an atmosphere which encourages students to remain lifelong learners. Graduation Major in Chemistry: 115, 116, (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361, 363 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Major: 12 courses including 115, 116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497,499), Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 224; PHY 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester and computer proficiency are also required. Teaching Major: Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; CHM 351, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, 482, 491 (BIO 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 353 and two other chemistry courses above 300 (except 399). BIO 367 may be one of the courses. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement I n 105 o r 115 IS determined by t h e score o n t h e Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 351,353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109, 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109 and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109, Fall; 110, Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, math placement. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 199 lnternship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351, 352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall) 361, 364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124, 125. 361, Fall; 364, Spring) 363, 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in9hysical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the spring semester and involves experiments related to 361. 365 i s to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364. 399 lnternship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall) 483 .Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. Uunior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepanmental program which provides a foundation lor careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Harnline University. There also is a contractual arradgement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japaneselanguage courses. Opportunitim for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the W.5, See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible t o take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322, 323, 324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 241; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226, 399, 495, 499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related t o the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics Education Barry Franklin, Chairperson, Sheldon P. Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and Secondary Education. Students interested in attaining licensure in any of these areas or in pursuing the study of education as a liberal discipline will find opportunities in the department, where programs combine the study of educational theory with practice in actual school settings. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring to Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it is within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments to determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable t o requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Students who wish t o register for student teaching must have been admitted t o the Education Department. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483; HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course; academic minor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure; fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, for juniors, includes 341, 352, 381, 382, 384, 386. (341, 381, 382, 383, 384 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Kindergarten-Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265 or consent of instructor. Spring) 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten program, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: a teaching license at the elementary level. Summer I) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, Language Arts Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Children's Literature and Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481, 482, 483 Student Teaching I K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 484 Student Teaching II K-6 Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481, 482, 483) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Prekindergarten Education (EDE) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Licensure Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 325, 425, 160 hours of student teaching; PSY 351; SOC 231. For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the department chairperson. 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus on the young child as a person and the importance of the early years in relation to the effects of present day society and culture on the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Secondary Education (EDS) Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements o f the State o f Minnesota f o r teaching i n secondary schools are met through t h e Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major i n an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course($ i n major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 i n education courses, 2.5 i n academic major and P i n student teaching. Application for and acceptance i n t o t h e Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing f o r licensure i n o n e o f these areas follows t h e secondary education program even though h e o r she plans t o teach at t h e elementary school level. A person w i t h a major i n o n e o f these special areas will take three courses i n student teaching and d o some student teaching at b o t h t h e secondary and elementary levels. I n addition t o 354, the art major will register for 361, 362; the Physical Education major f o r 365; and the music major for 373. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead t o licensure f o r grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead t o licensure i n the following areas: I - B a n d (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2-Orchestra (K-12) and classr o o m music (5-12); 3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); o r 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement o f at least "good" i n t h e listening, speaking, and reading parts of the M o d e r n Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take t h e MIA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will b e recorded i n t h e candidate's permanent file i n t h e Department o f Education. The Professional Term: School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly i n one full-time term i n professional education. Attendance at special afternoon o r evening seminars is also required. A student w h o elects t o take just t w o courses i n student teaching may take o n e course i n independent study at this time. All students are expected t o b e involved full-time i n t h e activities of t h e professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materialsand issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnemta for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education (EDE, EDS) Barry Franklin (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282, 491; PSY 351, 357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Library Science (LIB) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Minor: Minimum of 4% courses, including 341, 345, 358, 359, 475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See under Elementary Education) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondan/ school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities t o allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota lnstitute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota - The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: 1. Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) which enables students t o receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) which enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A.1B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A.1M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.1 M.E. program are not guaranteed admission t o the lnstitute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Michigan Technological University - Dual Degree Plan These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the ~ n ~ i n e e rAdviser in~ of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or Three-Two Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English (ENG) Ronald C. Palosaari, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, John Gidmark, Walter Howerton, John R. Mitchell, Catherine C. Nicholl, Richard B. Sargent, David Wood The English department offers courses in literature, writing, and film. Regular offerings are supplemented by topics courses and interim courses. The department sponsors the literary magazine, Murphy Square, and holds a weekly program, Words'worth on Wednesday, devoted to language and literature. Many students gain practical experience in writing and teaching through internships. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111, 351, 352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required t o gain practical experience in teaching writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation t o Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouragedto use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Coethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. 1 Foreign Languages !I 7 Mary A. Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth L. Aaskov, Leif E. Hansen, Mary E. Johnson, Gunta Roientals, Natalia Sich, Donald Steinmetz The study of foreign languages breaks down barriers of space and time. It permits i us to reach beyond the boundaries of the English-speakingworld t o communicate with other peoples, t o share their experience of being human. In short, our world becomes larger, richer, and less provincial. : b : The study of linguistics seeks to penetrate the secrets of language, to reveal the : operation of the communicating mind. It is in these ways that the study of foreign languages and linguistics is central to a humanistic education. . 1 b Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement is according t o the number of semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111; 3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. 5 Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. , Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite t o all upper division courses. [ Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 312, 331 o r 332, 350 o r 355, 351 o r 353, 450 o r equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n civilization, and o n e i n literature. Interim, summer, o r semester i n France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization. Study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 01 1 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the French language and culture to the student with one year or less of high school French study. Aims to develop four skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Classroom practice in understanding, speaking, and reading basic French. Four class meetings a week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 21 1 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through articles, interviews and literary readings this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representativeworks of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in twentieth-century problems, idhas. Cultural manifestationsthat promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351, 353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary move